FUJITSU MB86293

MB86293 <CORAL_LQ>
Graphics Controller
Specifications
Revision 1.1
14th Jan, 2003
Copyright © FUJITSU LIMITED 2001
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
• The specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice.
Department before purchasing the product described in this manual.
Contact our Sales
• Information and circuit diagrams in this manual are only examples of device applications, they are
not intended to be used in actual equipment.
Also, Fujitsu accepts no responsibility for
infringement of patents or other rights owned by third parties caused by use of the information and
circuit diagrams.
• The contents of this manual must not be reprinted or duplicated without permission of Fujitsu.
• Fujitsu’s semiconductor devices are intended for standard uses (such as office equipment
(computers and OA equipment), industrial/communications/measuring equipment, and
personal/home equipment). Customers using semiconductor devices for special applications
(including aerospace, nuclear, military and medical applications) in which a failure or malfunction
might endanger life or limb and which require extremely high reliability must contact our Sales
Department first. If damage is caused by such use of our semiconductor devices without first
consulting our Sales Department, Fujitsu will not assume any responsibility for the loss.
• Semiconductor devices fail with a known probability. Customers must use safety design (such as
redundant design, fireproof design, over-current prevention design, and malfunction prevention
design) so that failures will not cause accidents, injury or death).
• If the products described in this manual fall within the goods or technologies regulated by the
Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law, permission must be obtained before exporting the goods
or technologies.
ii
Update history
Date
Version
Page count
Change
2001.2.22
0.1
31
2001.7.23
0.2
228
See separate paper (Page count difference between Orchid and Coral)
2001.8.23
0.3
238
See separate paper (Page count difference between Rev0.2 and Rev0.3)
2001.11.12
0.4
262
See separate paper (Page count difference between Rev0.3 and Rev0.4)
2001.12.8
0.5
266
See separate paper (Page count difference between Rev0.4 and Rev0.5)
2002.1.9
0.6
266
See separate paper (Page count difference between Rev0.5 and Rev0.6)
2002.4.15
0.7
274
See separate paper (Page count difference between Rev0.6 and Rev0.7)
2002.5.21
0.8
274
See separate paper (Page count difference between Rev0.7 and Rev0.8)
2003.1.14
1.1
284
See separate paper (Page count difference between Rev0.8 and Rev1.1)
First edition
CONTENTS
1
2
GENERAL ............................................................................................................................ 10
1.1
PREFACE......................................................................................................................... 10
1.2
FEATURES ....................................................................................................................... 11
1.3
BLOCK D IAGRAM .............................................................................................................. 12
1.4
FUNCTIO NAL OVERVIEW ..................................................................................................... 13
1.4.1
Host CPU interface................................................................................................. 13
1.4.2
External memory interface ..................................................................................... 15
1.4.3
Display controller ................................................................................................... 16
1.4.4
Geometry processing............................................................................................... 18
1.4.5
2D Drawing ............................................................................................................ 19
1.4.6
3D Drawing ............................................................................................................ 21
1.4.7
Special effects ......................................................................................................... 22
1.4.8
Others .................................................................................................................... 25
PINS .................................................................................................................................... 26
2.1
SIGNALS.......................................................................................................................... 26
2.1.1
2.2
4
PIN ASSIGNMENT .............................................................................................................. 27
2.2.1
Pin assignment diagram ......................................................................................... 27
2.2.2
Pin assignment table .............................................................................................. 28
2.3
3
Signal lines............................................................................................................. 26
PIN FUNCTION .................................................................................................................. 30
2.3.1
Host CPU interface................................................................................................. 30
2.3.2
Video output interface............................................................................................. 32
2.3.3
Graphics memory interface..................................................................................... 33
2.3.4
Clock input ............................................................................................................. 34
2.3.5
Test pins ................................................................................................................. 35
2.3.6
Reset sequence ....................................................................................................... 35
PROCEDURE OF THE HARDWARE INITIALIZATION ........................................................... 36
3.1
HARDWARE RESET ............................................................................................................ 36
3.2
R E- RESET ....................................................................................................................... 36
3.3
SOFTWARE RESET ............................................................................................................. 36
HOST INTERFACE ............................................................................................................... 37
4.1
OPERATION M ODE ............................................................................................................ 37
4.1.1
Host CPU mode ...................................................................................................... 37
4.1.2
Ready signal mode .................................................................................................. 37
4.1.3
BS signal mode ....................................................................................................... 38
4.1.4
4.2
ACCESS MODE ................................................................................................................. 39
4.2.1
SRAM interface ...................................................................................................... 39
4.2.2
FIFO interface (fixed transfer destination address)................................................. 39
4.3
5
DMA TRANSFER ............................................................................................................... 40
4.3.1
Data transfer unit................................................................................................... 40
4.3.2
Address mode ......................................................................................................... 40
4.3.3
Bus mode ................................................................................................................ 41
4.3.4
DMA transfer request ............................................................................................. 41
4.3.5
Ending DMA transfer ............................................................................................. 41
4.4
TRANSFER OF L OCAL D ISPLAY LIST ..................................................................................... 42
4.5
INTERRUPT ...................................................................................................................... 43
4.6
SH3 MODE...................................................................................................................... 43
4.7
WAIT .............................................................................................................................. 43
4.8
MEMORY MAP .................................................................................................................. 44
GRAPHICS MEMORY........................................................................................................... 46
5.1
CONFIGURATION ............................................................................................................... 46
5.1.1
Data type ................................................................................................................ 46
5.1.2
Memory Mapping.................................................................................................... 47
5.1.3
Data Format ........................................................................................................... 47
5.2
FRAME MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................................... 49
5.2.1
Single Buffer .......................................................................................................... 49
5.2.2
Double Buffer ......................................................................................................... 49
5.3
MEMORY ACCESS ............................................................................................................. 49
5.3.1
Memory Access by host CPU ................................................................................... 49
5.3.2
Priority of memory accessing .................................................................................. 49
5.4
CONNECTION WITH MEMORY ............................................................................................... 50
5.4.1
6
Endian.................................................................................................................... 38
Connection with memory ........................................................................................ 50
DISPLAY CONTROLLER ...................................................................................................... 52
6.1
OVERVIEW ....................................................................................................................... 52
6.2
D ISPLAY FUNCTION ........................................................................................................... 52
6.2.1
Layer configuration ................................................................................................ 52
6.2.2
Overlay................................................................................................................... 54
6.2.3
Display parameters ................................................................................................ 56
6.2.4
Display position control .......................................................................................... 57
6.3
D ISPLAY COLOR ............................................................................................................... 59
6.4
CURSOR.......................................................................................................................... 60
6.4.1
Cursor display function........................................................................................... 60
6.4.2
Cursor control......................................................................................................... 60
6.5
7
D ISPLAY SCAN CONTROL ................................................................................................... 61
6.5.1
Applicable display................................................................................................... 61
6.5.2
Interlace display ..................................................................................................... 62
6.6
THE EXTERNAL SYNCHRONOUS SIGNAL................................................................................. 63
6.7
VIDEO INTERFACE, NTSC/PAL OUTPUT............................................................................... 66
GEOMETRY ENGINE ........................................................................................................... 67
7.1
GEOMETRY PIPELINE......................................................................................................... 67
7.1.1
Processing flow....................................................................................................... 67
7.1.2
Model-view-projection (MVP) transformation (OC→CC coordinate transformation) 68
7.1.3
3D-2D transformation (CC→NDC coordinate transformation) ................................ 68
7.1.4
View port transformation (NDC→DC coordinate transformation) ........................... 69
7.1.5
View volume clipping.............................................................................................. 69
7.1.6
Back face curling .................................................................................................... 71
7.2
DATA FORMAT .................................................................................................................. 72
7.2.1
7.3
SETUP E NGINE ................................................................................................................. 73
7.3.1
7.4
8
Data format ............................................................................................................ 72
Setup processing ..................................................................................................... 73
LOG O UTPUT OF D EVICE COORDINATES ............................................................................... 73
7.4.1
Log output mode ..................................................................................................... 73
7.4.2
Log output destination address ............................................................................... 73
DRAWING PROCESSING ..................................................................................................... 74
8.1
COORDINATE SYSTEM ....................................................................................................... 74
8.1.1
Drawing coordinates............................................................................................... 74
8.1.2
Texture coordinates ................................................................................................ 75
8.1.3
Frame buffer .......................................................................................................... 76
8.2
FIGURE DRAWING ............................................................................................................. 77
8.2.1
Drawing primitives................................................................................................. 77
8.2.2
Polygon drawing function ....................................................................................... 77
8.2.3
Drawing parameters............................................................................................... 78
8.2.4
Anti-aliasing function ............................................................................................. 79
8.3
BIT MAP PROCESSING ....................................................................................................... 80
8.3.1
BLT ........................................................................................................................ 80
8.3.2
Pattern data format ................................................................................................ 80
8.4
TEXTURE MAPPING ........................................................................................................... 81
8.4.1
Texture size ............................................................................................................ 81
8.4.2
Texture color........................................................................................................... 81
8.4.3
Texture lapping ...................................................................................................... 82
8.4.4
Filtering ................................................................................................................. 83
8.4.5
Perspective correction............................................................................................. 83
8.4.6
Texture blending..................................................................................................... 84
8.4.7
Bi-linear high-speed mode ...................................................................................... 84
8.5
8.5.1
Tiling...................................................................................................................... 86
8.5.2
Alpha blending ....................................................................................................... 86
8.5.3
Logic operation ....................................................................................................... 87
8.5.4
Hidden plane management ..................................................................................... 87
8.6
DRAWING ATTRIBUTES ....................................................................................................... 88
8.6.1
Line drawing attributes.......................................................................................... 88
8.6.2
Triangle drawing attributes.................................................................................... 88
8.6.3
Texture attributes................................................................................................... 89
8.6.4
BLT attributes........................................................................................................ 90
8.6.5
Character pattern drawing attributes..................................................................... 90
8.7
9
R ENDERING ..................................................................................................................... 86
BOLD L INE ....................................................................................................................... 91
8.7.1
Starting and ending points ..................................................................................... 91
8.7.2
Broken line pattern ................................................................................................ 92
8.7.3
Edging .................................................................................................................... 93
8.7.4
Interpolation of bold line joint................................................................................. 94
DISPLAY LIST...................................................................................................................... 95
9.1
OVERVIEW ....................................................................................................................... 95
9.1.1
Header format ........................................................................................................ 96
9.1.2
Parameter format ................................................................................................... 96
9.2
GEOMETRY COMMANDS ..................................................................................................... 97
9.2.1
Geometry command list .......................................................................................... 97
9.2.2
Explanation of geometry commands...................................................................... 100
9.3
R ENDERING COMMAND .................................................................................................... 110
9.3.1
Command list ....................................................................................................... 110
9.3.2
Details of rendering commands............................................................................. 115
10 REGISTER ......................................................................................................................... 125
10.1
R EGISTER L IST ............................................................................................................... 125
10.1.1
Host interface register list .................................................................................... 125
10.1.2
Graphics memory interface register list ................................................................ 127
10.1.3
Display controller register list .............................................................................. 128
10.1.4
Drawing engine register list.................................................................................. 133
10.1.5
Geometry engine register list................................................................................ 139
10.2
EXPLANATION OF R EGISTER ............................................................................................. 140
10.2.1
Host interface registers......................................................................................... 141
10.2.2
Graphics memory interface registers .................................................................... 148
10.2.3
Display control register......................................................................................... 151
11
10.2.4
Drawing control registers ..................................................................................... 199
10.2.5
Drawing mode registers........................................................................................ 202
10.2.6
Triangle drawing registers .................................................................................... 220
10.2.7
Line drawing registers.......................................................................................... 223
10.2.8
Pixel drawing registers ......................................................................................... 224
10.2.9
Rectangle drawing registers.................................................................................. 224
10.2.10
Blt registers ...................................................................................................... 225
10.2.11
High-speed 2D line drawing registers ................................................................ 226
10.2.12
High-speed 2D triangle drawing registers.......................................................... 227
10.2.13
Geometry control register.................................................................................. 228
10.2.14
Geometry mode registers................................................................................... 230
10.2.15
Display list FIFO registers ................................................................................ 237
TIMING DIAGRAM .............................................................................................................. 238
11.1
HOST INTERFACE .................................................................................................... 238
11.1.1
CPU read/write timing diagram in SH3 mode (Normally Not Ready Mode)........... 238
11.1.2
CPU read/write timing diagram in SH3 mode (Normally Ready Mode) ................. 239
11.1.3
CPU read/write timing diagram in SH4 mode (Normally Not Ready Mode)........... 240
11.1.4
CPU read/write timing diagram in SH4 mode (Normally Ready Mode) ................. 241
11.1.5
CPU read/write timing diagram in V832 mode (Normally Not Ready Mode) ......... 242
11.1.6
CPU read/write timing diagram in V832 mode (Normally Ready Mode) ................ 243
11.1.7
CPU read/write timing diagram in SPARClite (Normally Not Ready Mode) .......... 244
11.1.8
CPU read/write timing diagram in SPARClite (Normally Ready Mode)................. 245
11.1.9
SH4 single-address DMA write (transfer of 1 long word)....................................... 246
11.1.10
SH4 single-address DMA write (transfer of 8 long words) .................................. 247
11.1.11
SH3/4 dual-address DMA (transfer of 1 long word) ............................................ 248
11.1.12
SH3/4 dual-address DMA (transfer of 8 long words)........................................... 248
11.1.13
V832 DMA transfer ........................................................................................... 249
11.1.14
SH4 single-address DMA transfer end timing .................................................... 250
11.1.15
SH3/4 dual-address DMA transfer end timing ................................................... 250
11.1.16
V832 DMA transfer end timing.......................................................................... 251
11.1.17
SH4 dual DMA write without ACK .................................................................... 252
11.1.18
Dual-address DMA (without ACK) end timing ................................................... 253
11.2
GRAPHICS M EMORY INTERFACE ........................................................................................ 254
11.2.1
Timing of read access to same row address ........................................................... 254
11.2.2
Timing of read access to different row addresses................................................... 255
11.2.3
Timing of write access to same row address .......................................................... 256
11.2.4
Timing of write access to different row addresses.................................................. 257
11.2.5
Timing of read/write access to same row address .................................................. 258
11.2.6
Delay between ACTV commands........................................................................... 259
11.2.7
11.3
Delay between Refresh command and next ACTV command ................................. 259
D ISPLAY TIMING .............................................................................................................. 260
11.3.1
Non-interlace mode............................................................................................... 260
11.3.2
Interlace video mode ............................................................................................. 261
11.3.3
Composite synchronous signal .............................................................................. 262
11.4
CPU CAUTIONS ............................................................................................................. 262
11.5
SH3 MODE.................................................................................................................... 263
11.6
SH4 MODE.................................................................................................................... 263
11.7
V832 MODE .................................................................................................................. 264
11.8
SPARCLITE................................................................................................................... 264
11.9
SUPPORTED DMA TRANSFER MODES ................................................................................ 264
12 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................... 265
12.1
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 265
12.2
MAXIMUM RATING ........................................................................................................... 265
12.3
R ECOMMENDED O PERATING CONDITIONS ........................................................................... 266
12.3.1
Recommended operating conditions ...................................................................... 266
12.3.2
Note at power-on .................................................................................................. 266
12.4
DC CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................................... 268
12.4.1
DC Characteristics ............................................................................................... 268
12.4.2
V-I characteristics diagram ................................................................................... 269
12.5
AC CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................................... 270
12.5.1
Host interface ....................................................................................................... 270
12.5.2
Video interface...................................................................................................... 271
12.5.3
Graphics memory interface................................................................................... 272
12.5.4
PLL specifications................................................................................................. 276
12.6
AC CHARACTERISTICS M EASURING C ONDITIONS ................................................................. 277
12.7
TIMING D IAGRAM ............................................................................................................ 278
12.7.1
Host interface ....................................................................................................... 278
12.7.2
Video interface...................................................................................................... 282
12.7.3
Graphics memory interface................................................................................... 283
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1 GENERAL
1.1
Preface
Coral graphics controller has some functions and optional efficiency and is planned to be
serial-manufactured according to purposes.
For ES version, the specifications in which common descriptions to CORAL series are written are planned
to provide and for mass-production version, the specifications which are unique to each series are planed
to be provided. Therefore, please bear in mind that the contents for ES and mass-production versions
may be different form each other.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
10
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1.2
Features
• Geometry engine
Geometry engine supports the geometry processing that is compatible with ORCHID (MB86292).
Using the display list created by ORCHID enables drawing. **(But Floating point setup command is
deleted.)
Heavy processing of geometric operations such as coordinates conversions or clipping performed by
this device can reduce the CPU loads dramatically.
• 2D and 3D Drawing
Coral has a drawing function that is compatible with the CREMSON (MB86290A). It can draw data
using the display list created for CREMSON. **(But Internal texture RAM is deleted.)
Coral also supports 3D rendering, such as texture mapping with perspective collection and Gouraud
shading, alpha blending, and anti-aliasing for drawing smooth lines.
• Display controller
Coral has a display controller that is compatible with ORCHID.
In addition to the traditional XGA (1024 × 768 pixels) display, 4-layer overlay, left/right split display,
wrap-around scrolling, double buffers, and translucent display, function of 6-layer overlay, 4-siding for
palette are expanded.
• Host CPU interface
Can be connected to SH3 and SH4 manufactured by Hitachi, to V832 microprocessor by NEC and to
SPARClite (MB86833) by Fujitsu without external circuits.
• External memory interface
SDRAM and FCRAM can be connected.
• Optional function
Final device can be selected either geometry high-/low-speed version.
• Others
CMOS technology with 0.18-µm
HQFP256 Package (lead pitch 0.4 mm)
Supply voltage:
1.8 V (internal operation) /3.3 V (I/O)
Current consumption ( TYPICAL )
1.8 V power supply : 500mA
3.3V power supply : 100mA
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
11
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1.3
Block Diagram
CORAL general block diagram is shown below:
Please note that the capture controller is deleted from this figure in Coral-LQ.
Pixel Bus
External
Bus of
Host CPU
A2-25
Host
Interface
D0-31
Display Controller
MD0-31/63
SDRAM
or
FCRAM
MA0-14
External
Geometry
2D/3D
Memory
Engine
Rendering
Controller
Fig.1.1
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Engine
CORAL Block Diagram
12
DRGB
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1.4
Functional Overview
1.4.1 Host CPU interface
Supported CPU
Coral can be connected to SH3 and SH4 manufactured by HITACHI, V832 by NEC, SPARClite
(MB86833) by Fujitsu.
External Bus Clock
Can be connected at max. 100 MHz (when using SH4 interface)
Ready Mode
Supports normal ready/not ready.
Endian
Supports little endian.
Access Mode
SRAM interface
FIFO interface (transfer destination address fixed)
DMA transfer
Supports 1-double word (32 bits) /8-double word (32 bytes) (only SH4) for transfer unit.
ACK used/unused mode can be selected as protocol (only for DAM in dual address mode)
Supports dual address/mode single address mode (only SH4).
Supports cycle steel/burst.
Supports local display list transfer.
Interrupt
Vertical (frame) synchronous detection
Field synchronous detection
External synchronous error detection
Drawing command error
Drawing command execution end
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
13
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Switching internal operating frequency
Switch the operating frequency immediately after a reset (before rewriting MMR mode register of
external memory interface).
Any operating frequency can be selected from the five combinations shown in Table 2-6.
Table 1-1
Frequency Setting Combinations
Clock for geometry engine
Clock for other than geometry engine
166 MHz
133 MHz
166 MHz
100 MHz
133 MHz
133 MHz
133 MHz
100 MHz
100 MHz
100 MHz
The following relationship is disabled: Clock for geometry engine < Clock for other than geometry
engine
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
14
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.2 External memory interface
SDRAM or FCRAM can be connected.
64 bits or 32 bits can be selected for data bus.
Max. 133 MHz is available for operating frequency.
Connectable memory configuration is as shown below.
External Memory Configuration
Type
Data bus width
Use count
Total capacity
FCRAM 16 Mbits (x16 Bits)
32 Bits
2
4 Mbytes
FCRAM 16 Mbits (x16 Bits)
64 Bits
4
8 Mbytes
SDRAM 64 Mbits (x32 Bits)
32 Bits
1
8 Mbytes
SDRAM 64 Mbits (x32 Bits)
64 Bits
2
16 Mbytes
SDRAM 64 Mbits (x16 Bits)
32 Bits
2
16 Mbytes
SDRAM 64 Mbits (x16 Bits)
64 Bits
4
32 Mbytes
SDRAM 128 Mbits (x32 Bits)
32 Bits
1
16 Mbytes
SDRAM 128 Mbits (x32 Bits)
64 Bits
2
32 Mbytes
SDRAM 128 Mbits (x16 Bits)
32 Bits
2
32 Mbytes
SDRAM 128 Mbits (x16 Bits)
64 Bits
4
64 Mbytes
SDRAM 256 Mbits (x16 Bits)
32 Bits
2
64 Mbytes
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
15
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.3 Display controller
Video data output
Each 6-bit digital video output is provided.
Screen resolution
LCD panels with wide range of resolutions are supported by using a programmable timing generator as
follows:
Screen Resolutions
Resolutions
1024 × 768
1024 × 600
800 × 600
854 × 480
640 × 480
480 × 234
400 × 234
320 × 234
Hardware cursor
Coral supports two hardware cursor functions. Each of these hardware cursors is specified as a 64 ×
64-pixel area. Each pixel of these hardware cursors is 8 bits and uses the same look-up table as
indirect color mode.
Double buffer method
Double buffer method in which drawing window and display window is switched in units of 1 frame
enables the smooth animation.
Flipping (switching of display window area) is performed in synchronization with the vertical blanking
period using program.
Scroll method
Independent setting of drawing and display windows and their starting position enables the smooth
scrolling.
Display colors
• Supports indirect color mode which uses the look-up table (color palette) in 8 bits/pixels.
• Entry for look-up table (color palette) corresponds to color code for 8 bits, in other words, 256.
data is each 6 bits of RGB. Consequently, 256 colors can be displayed out of 260,000 colors.
• Supports direct color mode which specifies RGB with 16 bits/pixels.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
16
Color
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Overlay
Compatibility mode
Up to four extra layers (C, W, M and B) can be displayed overlaid.
The overlay position for the hardware cursors is above/below the top layer (C).
The transparent mode or the blend mode can be selected for overlay.
The M- and B-layers can be split into separate windows.
Window display can be performed for the W-layer.
Two palettes are provided: C-layer and M-/B-layer.
The W-layer is used as the video input layer.
L0, L2, L4 (0,0)
L1 (WX, WY)
L3, L5 (HDB +1, 0)
Window mode
• Up to six screens (L0 to 5) can be displayed overlaid.
• The overlay sequence of the L0- to L5-layers can be changed arbitrarily.
• The overlay position for the hardware cursors is above/below the L0-layer.
• The transparent mode or the blend mode can be selected for overlay.
• The L5-layer can be used as the blend coefficient plane (8 bits/pixel).
• Window display can be performed for all layers.
• Four palettes corresponded to L0 to 3 are provided.
• The L1-layer is used as the video input layer.
• Background color display is supported in window display for all layers.
L0 (L0WX, L0WY)
L4 (L4WX, L4WY)
L1 (L1WX, L1WY)
L5 (L5WX, L5WY)
L3 (L3WX, L3WY)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
L2 (L2WX, L2WY)
17
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.4 Geometry processing
Coral has a geometry engine for performing the numerical operations required for graphics processing.
The geometry engine uses the floating-point format for highly precise operations. It selects the required
geometry processing according to the set drawing mode and primitive type and executes processing to
the final drawing.
Primitives
Point, line, line strip, independent triangle, triangle strip, triangle fan, and arbitrary polygon are
supported.
MVP Transformation
MVP Transformation
Setting a 4 × 4 transformation matrix enables transformation of a 3D model view projection.
Two-dimensional affine transformation is also possible.
Clipping
Clipping stops drawing of figures outside the window (field of view). Polygons (including concave
shapes) can also be clipped.
Culling
Triangles on the back are not drawn.
3D-2D Transformation
This functions transforms 3D coordinates (normalization) into 2D coordinates in orthogonal or
perspective projections.
View port transformation
This function transforms normalized 2D coordinates into drawing (device) coordinates.
Primitive setup
This function automatically performs a variety of slope computations, etc., based on transforming
vertex data into coordinates and prepares for rendering (setup).
Log output of device coordinates
The view port conversion results are output to the local memory.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
18
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.5 2D Drawing
2D Primitives
Coral can perform 2D drawing for graphics memory (drawing plane) in direct color mode or indirect
color mode.
Bold lines with width and broken lines can be drawn.
can be drawn.
With anti-aliasing smooth diagonal lines also
A triangle can be tiled in a single color or 2D pattern (tiling), or mapped with a texture pattern by
specifying coordinates of the 2D pattern at each vertex (texture mapping). At texture mapping,
drawing/non-drawing can be set in pixel units. Moreover, transparent processing can be performed
using alpha blending. When drawing in single color or tiling without Gouraud shading or texture
mapping, high-speed 2DLine and high-speed 2DTriangle can be used. Only vertex coordinates are
set for these primitives. High-speed 2DTriangle is also used to draw polygons.
2D Primitives
Primitive type
Point
Line
Bold line strip
(provisional name)
Triangle
High-speed 2DLine
Arbitrary polygon
Description
Plots point
Draws line
Draws continuous bold line
This primitive is used when interpolating the bold line joint.
Draws triangle
Draws lines
Compared to line, this reduces the host CPU processing load.
Draws arbitrary closed polygon containing concave shapes
consisting of vertices
Arbitrary polygon drawing
Using this function, arbitrary closed polygon containing concave shapes consisting of vertices can be
drawn. (There is no restriction on the count of vertices, however, the polygon with its sides crossed
are not supported.) In this case, as a work area for drawing, polygon drawing flag buffer is used on
the graphics memory. In drawing polygon, draw triangle for polygon drawing flag buffer using
high-speed 2DTriangle. Decide any vertex as a starting point to draw triangle along the periphery. It
enables you to draw final polygon form in single color or with tiling/texture mapping in a drawing frame.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
19
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
BLT/Rectangle drawing
This function draws a rectangle using logic operations. It is used to draw pattern and copy the image
pattern within the drawing frame. It is also used for clearing drawing frame and Z buffer.
BLT Attributes
Attribute
Raster operation
Transparent processing
Alpha blending
Description
Selects two source logical operation mode
Performs BLT without drawing pixel consistent with the
transparent color.
The alpha map and source in the memory is subjected to alpha
blending and then copied to the destination.
Pattern (Text) drawing
This function draws a binary pattern (text) in a specified color.
Pattern (Text) Drawing Attributes
Attribute
Enlarge
Shrink
Description
Vertically 2 × 2
Horizontally × 2
Vertically and Horizontally × 2
Vertically 1/2 × 1/2
Horizontally 1/2
Vertically and Horizontally 1/2
Drawing clipping
This function sets a rectangle frame in drawing frame to prohibit the drawing of the outside the frame.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
20
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.6 3D Drawing
3D Primitives
This function draws 3D objects in drawing memory in the direct color mode.
3D Primitives
Primitive
Point
Line
Triangle
Arbitrary polygon
Description
Plots 3D point
Draws 3D line
Draws 3D triangle
Draws arbitrary closed polygon containing concave shapes
consisting of vertexes
3D Drawing attributes
Texture mapping with bi-linear filtering/automatic perspective correction and Gouraud shading provides
high-quality realistic 3D drawing. A built-in texture mapping unit performs fast pixel calculations.
This unit also delivers color blending between the shading color and texture color.
Hidden plane management
Coral supports the Z buffer for hidden plane management.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
21
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.7 Special effects
Anti-aliasing
Anti-aliasing manipulates line borders of polygons in sub-pixel units and blend the pre-drawing pixel
color with color to make the jaggies be seen smooth. It is used as a functional option for 2D drawing
(in direct color mode only).
Bold line and broken line drawing
This function draws lines of a specific width and a broken line.
Line Drawing Attributes
Attribute
Line width
Broken line
Description
Selectable from 1 to 32 pixels
Set by 32 bit or 24 bit of broken line pattern
• Supports the verticality of starting and ending points.
• Supports the verticality of broken line pattern.
• Interpolation of bold line joint supports the following modes:
(1) Broken line pattern reference address fix mode
→ The same broken line pattern is kept referencing for the period of some pixels starting from the
joint and the starting point for the next line.
(2) No interpolation
• Supports the equalization of the width of bold lines.
• Supports the bold line edging.
• Not support the Anti-aliasing of dashed line patterns.
• For a part overlaid due to connection of bold lines, natural overlay can be represented by providing depth
information. (Z value).
Shading
Supports the shading primitive.
Drawing is performed to the body primitive coordinates (X, Y) with an offset as a shade. At this drawing,
the Z buffer is used in order to differentiate between the body and shade.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
22
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Alpha blending
Alpha blending blends two image colors to provide a transparent effect. CORAL supports two types
of blending; blending two different colors at drawing, and blending overlay planes at display.
Transparent color is not used for these blending options.
There are two ways of specifying alpha blending for drawing:
(1) Set a transparent coefficient to the register; the transparent coefficient is applied for transparency
processing of one plane.
(2) Set a transparent coefficient for each vertex of the plane; as with Gouraud shading, the transparent
coefficient is linear-interpolated to perform transparent processing in pixel units.
In addition to the above, the following settings can be performed at texture mapping. When the most
significant bit of each texture cell is 1, drawing or transparency can be set. When the most significant
bit of each texture cell is 0, non-drawing can be set.
Alpha Blending
Type
Description
Drawing
Transparent ratio set in particular register
While one primitive (polygon, pattern, etc.), being drawn,
registered transparent ratio applied
A transparent coefficient set for each vertex. A
linear-interpolated transparent coefficient applied.
This is possible only in direct color mode.
Overlay display
Blends top layer pixel color with lower layer pixel color
Transparent coefficient set in particular register
Registered transparent coefficient applied during one frame
scan
Gouraud Shading
Gouraud shading can be used in the direct color mode to provide 3D object real shading and color
gradation.
Gray Scale Gouraud Shading
Gray scale gouraud shading can be used in the in-direct color(8bit/pixel) mode to draw a blend
coefficient layer.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
23
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Texture mapping
Coral supports texture mapping to map an image pattern onto the surface of plane. The texture
pattern can be laid out in the graphics memory. In this case, max. 4096 × 4096 pixels can be used.
For drawing 8-bit color, only point sampling can be specified for texture interpolation; only de-curl can
be specified for the blend mode.
Texture Mapping
Function
Filtering
Coordinates correction
Blend
Alpha blend
Wrap
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Description
Point sample
Bi-linear filter
Linear
Perspective
De-curl
Modulate
Stencil
Normal
Stencil
Stencil alpha
Repeat
Cramp
Border
24
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1.4.8 Others
Drawing color
8-bit indirect color and 16-bit direct color are supported as a drawing input data.
Top-left rule non-applicable mode
In addition to the top-left rule applicable mode in which the triangle borders are compatible with
CREMSON, the top-left rule non-applicable mode can be used. (In case of non-top-left polygon
drawing, an object has to be in a geometry clipping area.)
Caution: Use perspective correct mode when use texture at the top-left rule non-applicable mode.
Top-left rule non-applicable primitives cannot use Geometry clip function.
Non-top-left-part’s pixel quality is less than body. (using approximate calculation)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
25
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
2 PINS
2.1
Signals
2.1.1 Signal lines
Host CPU
interface
D0-31
DCLKO
A2-25
DCKLI
BCLKI
HSYNC
XRST
VSYNC
XCS
CSYNC
XRD
DISPE
XWE0-3
GV
XRDY
XBS
DREQ
DRACK
R2-7
CORAL
Graphics Controller
DTACK
XINT
HQFP256
G2-7
B2-7
XRGBEN
MD0-63
MA0-14
RDY_MODE
MRAS
BS_MODE
MCAS
MWE
CLK
Graphics memory
interface
MDQM0-7
S
Clock
Video output
interface
MCLKO
CKM
MCLKI
CLKSEL0-1
TESTH
TRST
Fig. 2.1
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
CORAL Signal Lines
26
Test
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
2.2
Pin Assignment
DR6
DR5
DR4
VDDL
DR3
193
VSS
TESTH
VDDL
195
194
DCLKI
VSS
211
210
VDDH
DR7
TESTH
213
212
197
196
TRST
TESTH
214
DCLKO
PLLVSS
S
216
215
199
198
CLK
PLLVDD
218
217
GV
DE
VSS
220
219
200
CLKSEL1
VSS
221
VSS
CSYNC
CLKSEL0
VDDL
223
222
202
201
A3
A2
225
224
HSYNC
VSS
A5
A4
227
226
204
203
A6
229
228
VSYNC
A8
A7
230
TESTH
A10
A9
232
231
206
205
A12
A11
234
233
207
A13
209
208
A14
A16
A15
VDDL
236
235
A18
A17
241
240
237
A19
239
238
A20
243
242
A25
A24
A23
244
XWE3
250
249
A22
A21
XWE1
XWE2
251
246
245
XWE0
VDDL
253
252
248
247
DTACK
255
254
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
MD29
MD30
MD31
VDDL
VSS
VSS
VDDH
DQM0
DQM1
DQM2
DQM3
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
VDDL
MA8
MA9
MA10
MA11
MCLKO 128
91
MD28
126
127
89
90
MD26
MD27
DQM7
VDDL
87
88
MD24
MD25
124
125
85
86
MD22
MD23
DQM5
DQM6
84
MD21
122
123
82
83
MD19
MD20
MWE
DQM4
80
81
MD18
VDDL
121
78
79
MD16
MD17
MCAS
77
VDDH
27
119
120
75
76
MD14
MD15
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
VDDH
MRAS
73
74
MD12
MD13
MODE2 signal for Orchid → RDY_MODE signal for Coral
117
118
71
72
MD10
MD11
Note: The MODE2 signal used for Orchid is changed as shown below.
MA12
MA13
MA14
70
MD9
MD8
66
67
68
69
65
MD5
192
191
190
189
188
187
186
185
184
183
182
181
180
179
178
177
176
175
174
173
172
171
170
169
168
167
166
165
164
163
162
161
160
159
158
157
156
155
154
153
152
151
150
149
148
147
146
145
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
VDDL
MD6
MD7
DRACK
BS_MODE
RDY_MODE
XINT
DREQ
XRDY
VDDH
VDDL
BCLKI
XCS
XRD
XBS
CKM
MODE0
MODE1
MODE2
XRST
VSS
VSS
D0
D1
D2
D3
VDDL
D4
D5
VDDH
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
VDDL
D18
VDDH
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
VDDL
VDDH
VSS
VSS
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
256
2.2.1 Pin assignment diagram
DR2
DG7
DG6
DG5
DG4
DG3
DG2
DB7
VDDL
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
VDDH
VSS
VSS
MD63/R1
MD62/R0
MD61/G1
MD60/G0
MD59/B1
MD58/B0
MD57
VDDL
MD56
MD55
MD54
MD53
MD52
MD51
MD50
MD49
MD48
TESTH
TESTH
MD47
MD46
MD45
MD44
VDDL
MD43
MD42
MD41
MD40
VSS
VSS
MD39
MD38
MD37
MD36
MD35
MD34
MD33
MD32
XRGBEN
TESTH
VDDL
VSS
VSS
MCLKI
VDDH
VSS
VSS
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
2.2.2 Pin assignment table
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Name
DRACK
BS_MODE
RDY_MODE
XINT
DREQ
XRDY
VDDH
VDDL
BCLKI
XCS
XRD
XBS
CKM
MODE0
MODE1
MODE2
XRST
VSS
VSS
D0
D1
D2
D3
VDDL
D4
D5
VDDH
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
VDDL
D18
VDDH
D19
D20
D21
D22
D23
D24
D25
D26
D27
D28
D29
D30
D31
VDDL
VDDH
VSS
VSS
MD0
MD1
MD2
MD3
MD4
No.
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
Name
MD5
VDDL
MD6
MD7
MD8
MD9
MD10
MD11
MD12
MD13
MD14
MD15
VDDH
MD16
MD17
MD18
VDDL
MD19
MD20
MD21
MD22
MD23
MD24
MD25
MD26
MD27
MD28
MD29
MD30
MD31
VDDL
VSS
VSS
VDDH
DQM0
DQM1
DQM2
DQM3
MA0
MA1
MA2
MA3
MA4
MA5
MA6
MA7
VDDL
MA8
MA9
MA10
MA11
MA12
MA13
MA14
VDDH
MRAS
MCAS
MWE
DQM4
DQM5
DQM6
DQM7
VDDL
MCLKO
No.
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
28
Name
VSS
VSS
VDDH
MCLKI
VSS
VSS
VDDL
TESTH
XRGBEN
MD32
MD33
MD34
MD35
MD36
MD37
MD38
MD39
VSS
VSS
MD40
MD41
MD42
MD43
VDDL
MD44
MD45
MD46
MD47
TESTH
TESTH
MD48
MD49
MD50
MD51
MD52
MD53
MD54
MD55
MD56
VDDL
MD57
MD58/B0
MD59/B1
MD60/G0
MD61/G1
MD62/R0
MD63/R1
VSS
VSS
VDDH
DB2
DB3
DB4
DB5
DB6
VDDL
DB7
DG2
DG3
DG4
DG5
DG6
DG7
DR2
No.
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
Name
DR3
VDDL
DR4
DR5
DR6
DR7
VDDH
DCLKO
DE
GV
CSYNC
VSS
VSS
HSYNC
VSYNC
TESTH
VDDL
TESTH
VSS
VSS
DCLKI
TESTH
TESTH
TRST
S
PLLVSS
PLLVDD
CLK
VSS
VSS
CLKSEL1
VDDL
CLKSEL0
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
VDDL
A15
A16
A17
A18
A19
A20
A21
A22
A23
A24
A25
XWE3
XWE2
XWE1
VDDL
XWE0
DTACK
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Notes
VSS/PLLV SS
:
Ground
VDDH
:
3.3-V power supply
VDDL/PLLV DD
:
1.8-V power supply
PLLV DD
: PLL power supply
OPEN
: Do not connect anything.
TESTH
: Input a 3.3 V-power supply.
-
It is recommended that PLLV DD should be isolated on the PCB.
- Insert a bypass capacitor with good high frequency characteristics between the power supply and
ground.
Place the capacitor as near as possible to the pin.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
29
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
2.3
Pin Function
2.3.1 Host CPU interface
Table 2-1 Host CPU Interface Pins
Pin name
I/O
Description
MODE0-2
Input
Host CPU mode select
RDY_MODE
Input
Normally ready, Not ready select
BS_MODE
Input
BS signal with/without select
XRST
Input
Hardware reset
D0-31
In/Out
Host CPU bus data
A2-A25
Input
Host CPU bus address (In the V832 mode, A[24] is
connected to XMWR.)
BCLKI
Input
Host CPU bus clock
XBS
Input
Bus cycle start signal
XCS
Input
Chip select signal
XRD
Input
Read strobe signal
XWE0
Input
Write strobe for D0 to D7 signal
XWE1
Input
Write strobe for D8 to D15 signal
XWE2
Input
Write strobe for D16 to D23 signal
XWE3
Input
Write strobe for D24 to D31 signal
XRDY
Output
Tri-state
Wait request signal (In the SH3 mode, when this signal is
“0”, it indicates the wait state; in the SH4, V832 and
SPARClite modes, when this signal is “1”, it indicates the
wait state.)
DREQ
Output
DMA request signal (This signal is low-active in both the SH
mode and V832 mode.)
DRACK/DMAAK
Input
Acknowledge signal in response to DMA request (DMAAK is
used in the V832 mode; this signal is high-active in both the
SH mode and V832 mode.)
DTACK/XTC
Input
DMA transfer strobe signal (XTC is used in the V832 mode.
In the SH mode, this signal is high-active; in the V832 mode,
it is low-active.)
XINT
Output
Interrupt signal issued to host CPU (In the SH mode, and
SPARClite this signal is low-active; in the V832 mode, it is
high-active)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
30
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
• Coral can be connected to the Hitachi SH4 (SH7750), SH3 (SH7709) NEC V832 and Fujitsu SPARClite
(MB86833) without external circuit. In the SRAM interface mode, Coral can be used with any other CPU
as well. The host CPU is specified by the MODE0 to 2 pins.
MODE 2
MODE 1
MODE 0
CPU
L
L
L
SH3
L
L
H
SH4
L
H
L
V832
L
H
H
SPARClite
H
X
X
Reserved
When the bus cycle terminates, a ready signal level can be set. When using the RDY_MODE signal at
“High” level, set two cycles as the CPU software wait of the CPU. (When BS_MODE = “High” level, set
the CPU software wait to three cycles.)
RDY_ MODE
L
H
Ready signal mode
When the bus cycle terminates, sets the XRDY signal to the ‘not ready’ level.
When the bus cycle terminates, sets the XRDY signal to the ‘ready’ level.
A CPU with no BS (Bus Start) pin can be used. Setting can be performed in all CPU modes.
Connection can be made to a CPU with no BS signal by setting the BS_MODE signal to “High” level.
When not using the BS signal, fix the BS pin of CORAL at “High” level.
When using the BS_MODE signal as “High” level in the normally ready mode, set the CPU software wait
to three cycles.
BS_ MODE
L
H
BS signal mode
Connect to a CPU with the BS signal
Connect to a CPU without the BS signal
The data signal is 32 bits (fixed).
The address signal is 32 bits (per one double-word) × 24, and has a 64-Mbyte address field.
address space is provided for V832 and SPARClite.)
(16-MByte
The external bus operating frequency is up to 100 MHz.
In the SH4, V832, and SPARClite modes, when the XRDY signal is low, it is in the ready state. However,
in the SH3 mode, when the XRDY signal is low, it is in the wait state. This signal is a tri-state output that
is synchronized with the rising edge of BCLKI.
DMA data transfer is supported using an external DMA controller.
An interrupt signal is generated to the host CPU.
The XRST input must be kept low for at least 300 µs after setting the S (PLL reset) signal to high.
In the V832 mode, Coral signals are connected to the V832 CPU as follows:
CORAL Pins
V832 Signals
A24
DTACK
DRACK
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
XMWR
XTC
DMAAK
31
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
2.3.2 Video output interface
Table 2-2 Video Output Interface Pins
Pin name
DCLKO
DCLKI
HSYNC
Output
Input
I/O
I/O
VSYNC
I/O
CSYNC
DISPE
GV
R2-7
G2-7
B2-7
XRGBEN
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Output
Input
Description
Dot clock signal for display
Dot clock signal input
Horizontal sync signal output
Horizontal sync input <in external sync mode>
Vertical sync signal output
Vertical sync input <in external sync mode>
Composite sync signal output
Display enable period signal
Graphics/video switch
Digital picture (R) output
Digital picture (G) output
Digital picture (B) output
Signal to switch between RGB1 and 0 output/memory bus
(MD 63 to 58)
6-bit display data is output as standard for R, G, and B. Depending on the condition, 8-bit display data
can also be output for R, G, and B. Fixing XRGBEN at 0, R0, 1, G0, 1, and B0, 1 can be output to MD62,
63, MD60, 61, and MD58, 59 respectively. When 8-bit output is selected for R, G, and B, only the 32-bit
mode can be used for the memory bus width mode.
Additional setting of external circuits can generate composite video signal.
Synchronous to external video signal display can be performed.
Either mode which is synchronous to DCLKI signal or one which is synchronous to dot clock, as for
normal display can be selected.
Since HSYNC and VSYNC signals are set to input state after reset, these signals must be pulled up LSI
externally.
The GV signal switches graphics and video at chroma key operation. When video is selected, the “Low”
level is output.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
32
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
2.3.3 Graphics memory interface
Table 2-3 Graphics memory interface pins
Pin name
I/O
Description
MD0 to 57
I/O
Graphics memory bus data
MD58 to 63/RGB
I/O
Graphics memory bus data or RGB0 to 1 output
MA0 to 14
Output
Graphics memory bus data
MRAS
Output
Row address strobe
MCAS
Output
Column address strobe
MWE
Output
Write enable
MDQM0 to 7
Output
Data mask
MCLK0
Output
Graphics memory clock output
MCLK1
Input
Graphics memory clock input
Connect the interface to the external memory used as memory for image data. The interface can be
connected to 64-/128-/256-Mbit SDRAM (1 6- or 32-bit length data bus) without using any external
circuit.
64 bits or 32 bits can be selected for the memory bus data. When 32-bit memory bus data is used
and 6-bit output is used for R, G, and B (XRGBEN pin = 1), set MD32 to 63 and MDQM4 to 7 to the
open state. When 32-bit memory bus data is used and 8-bit output is used for R, G, and B (XRGBEN
pin = 0), set MD32 to 39 to “High” level input and set MD40 to 57 and MDQM4 to 7 to the open state.
Connect MCLKI to MCLK0.
When XRGBEN is fixed at “1”, MD58 to 63 can be used as graphics memory bus data.
When XRGBEN is fixed at “0”, MD58 to 63 can be used as digital RGB0 to 1 outputs.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
33
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
2.3.4 Clock input
Table 2-4 Clock Input Pins
Pin name
I/O
Description
CLK
Input
Clock input signal
S
Input
PLL reset signal
CKM
Input
Clock mode signal
CLKSEL [1:0]
Input
Clock rate select signal
Inputs source clock for internal operation clock and display dot clock. Normally, 4 Fsc (= 14.31818 MHz:
NTSC) is input. An internal PLL generates the internal operation clock of 166 MHz/133 MHz and the
display base clock of 400 MHz.
CKM
Clock mode
L
Output from internal PLL selected
H
Host CPU bus clock (BCLK1) selected
• When CKM = L, selects input clock frequency when built-in PLL used according to setting of CLKSEL pins
CLKSEL1
CLKSEL0
Input clock
frequency
Multiplication
rate
Display
reference clock
L
L
Inputs 13.5-MHz
clock frequency
× 29
391.5 MHz
L
H
Inputs 14.32-MHz
clock frequency
× 28
400.96 MHz
H
L
Inputs 17.73-MHz
clock frequency
× 22
390.06 MHz
H
H
Reserved
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
34
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
2.3.5 Test pins
Table 2-5 Test Pins
Pin name
I/O
Description
TESTH
Input
Input 3.3-V power.
TRST
Input
This is the test reset signal.
Before performing reset via S/XRST, perform reset
via this signal (TRST).
2.3.6 Reset sequence
See Section 10.3.2.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
35
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
3 PROCEDURE OF THE HARDWARE INITIALIZATION
3.1
Hardware reset
1.Do the hardware reset. (see section 11.3.2)
2.After the hardware reset, set the CCF(Change of Frequency) register (section 9.2.1).
In being unstable cycle after the hardware reset, keep 32 bus cycles open.
3.Set the graphics memory interface register, MMR (Memory I/F Mode Register).
After setting the CCF register, take 200 us to set the MMR register.
In being unstable memory access cycle, keep 32 bus cycles open.
4.Other registers, except for the CCF register and the MMR register, should be set after
setting the CCF register.
In case of not using memory access, the MMR register could be set in any order after
the CCF register is set.
3.2
R e -r e s e t
1. Reset XRST signal.
2. See section 3.1 for registers setting after the procedure of re-reset.
3.3
Software reset
1. Set the value of the SRST register (see section 9.2.1) for re-reset.
2. It is not necessary to reset the CCF register and the MMR register again.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
36
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
4 HOST INTERFACE
4.1
Operation Mode
4.1.1 Host CPU mode
Select the host CPU by setting the MODE0 to MODE2 signals as follows:
Table 4-1 CPU Type Setting
MODE 2
MODE 1
MODE 0
CPU
L
L
L
SH3
L
L
H
SH4
L
H
L
V832
L
H
H
SPARClite
H
X
X
Reserved
4.1.2 Ready signal mode
The MODE2 pin can be used to set the ready signal level when the bus cycle of the host CPU terminates.
For the normally not ready mode, set the software wait to 0 or 1 cycles. When using this device in the
normally ready mode, set the software wait to 2 cycles. When using this device in the normally not ready
mode, set the software wait to one cycle. (When BS_MODE = H, three cycles are needed for the
software wait.)
The ‘normally not ready mode’ is the mode in which the CORAL XRDY signal is always in the wait state
and Ready is returned only when read/write is ready.
The ‘normal ready mode’ is the mode in which the CORAL XRDY signal is always in the Ready state and
it is put into the wait state only when read/write cannot be performed immediately.
Table 4-2 Ready Signal Mode
RDY_ MODE
L
H
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Ready signal operation
Recognizes XRDY signal as ‘not ready level’ and terminates bus cycle
(normally not ready mode)
Recognizes XRDY signal as ‘ready level’ and terminates bus cycle (normally
ready mode)
37
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
4.1.3 BS signal mode
Connection to a CPU without the BS signal can be made via the BS_MODE signal. This setting can be
performed for all CPU modes. To connect to a CPU without the BS signal, set the BS_MODE signal to
“High” level.
When not using the BS signal, fix the BS pin of CORAL at “High” level.
When using the BS_MODE signal as “High” level, with the normally ready mode established, set the CPU
software wait to three cycles.
Table 4-3
BS_ MODE
L
H
BS Signal Mode
Operation of BS signal
Connects to CPU with BS signal
Connects to CPU without BS signal
4.1.4 Endian
CORAL operates in little-endian mode. All the register address descriptions in the specifications are byte
address in little endian. When using a big-endian CPU, note that the byte-or word-addresses are
different from these descriptions.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
38
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
4.2
Access Mode
4.2.1 SRAM interface
Data can be transferred to/from CORAL using SRAM access protocol. CORAL internal registers and
graphics memory are all mapped to the physical address area of the host processor.
CORAL uses hardware wait based on the XRDY signal, enabling the hardware wait setting of the host
CPU. When using the normally not ready mode, set the software wait to “1”. When using the normally
ready mode, set the software wait to “2”. (When using the BS_MODE signal as “High” level, with the
normally ready mode established, set the CPU software wait to three cycles.) Switch the ready mode
using the RDY_ MODE signal.
CPU Read
The host processor reads data from internal registers and memory of CORAL in double-word (32 bit)
units. Valid data is output continuously while XRD and XCS are being asserted at a “Low” level after
XRDY has been asserted.
CPU Write
The host CPU writes data to internal registers and memory of CORAL in byte, word(16 bit) and
double-word( 32 bit) units.
4.2.2 FIFO interface (fixed transfer destination address)
This interface transfers display lists stored in host memory. Display list information is transferred
efficiently using a single address mode DMA transfer. Data can be transferred to FIFO in relation to
FIFO buffer area mapped in memory area using SRAM interface or dual address mode.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
39
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
4.3
DMA Transfer
4.3.1 Data transfer unit
DMA transfer is performed in double-word (32 bits) units or 8 double-word (32 bytes) units. Byte and
word access is not supported.
Note: 8 double-word transfer is supported only in the SH4 mode.
4.3.2 Address mode
Dual address mode (mode using ACK)
DMA is performed at memory-to-memory transfer between host memory and registers mapped in
memory space or graphics memory (destination). Both the host memory address and CORAL is used.
In the SH4 mode, the 1 double-word transfer (32 bits) and 8 double-word transfer (32 bytes) can be
used.
When the CPU transfer destination address is fixed, data can also be transferred to the FIFO interface.
However, in this case, even the SH4 mode supports only the 1 double-word transfer.
DREQ and DRACK pins and SRAM interface signals are used. In V832, the DREQ, DMAAK, and
XTC pins and SRAM interface signals are used.
Note: The SH3 mode supports the direct address mode; it does not support the indirect address
mode.
Dual address mode (mode not using ACK)
When not using the ACK signal with the dual address mode established, set bit3 at HostBase+0004h
(DNA: Dual address No Ack mode) to 1.
When the ACK is not used, the DREQ signal is in the edge mode and the DREQ signal is negated per
transfer and then reasserted it in the next cycle. If processing cannot be performed immediately
inside CORAL, the DREQ signal remains negated.
The transfer count register (DTC) of CORAL is not used, so in order to end DMA transfer, write “1” to
the DMA transfer stop register (DTS) from the CPU.
Note 1: In the dual DMA mode (mode without ACK), the destination address can be used only for the
FIFO.
In DMA transfer to the graphics memory, etc., use the dual DMA mode.
Note 2: DMA read is not supported.
Single address mode (FIFO interface)
Data is transferred between host memory (source) and FIFO (destination). Only the address output
from the host memory is used, and the data is transferred to the FIFO. This mode does not support
data write to the host memory. When the FIFO is full, the DMA transfer is suspended.
The 1 double-word transfer (32 bits) and the 8 double-word transfer (32 B) can be used.
DREQ, DTACK, and DRACK signal are used.
Note: The single-address mode is supported only in the SH4 mode.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
40
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
4.3.3 Bus mode
Coral supports the DMA transfer cycle steal mode and burst mode according to setting of external DMA
mode.
Cycle steal mode (In the V832 mode, the burst mode is called the single transfer mode.)
In the cycle steal mode, the right to use the bus is obtained or released at every data transfer of 1 unit.
The DMA transfer unit can be selected from between the 1 double-word (32 bits) and 8 double-words
(32 B).
Burst mode (In the V832 mode, the burst mode is called the demand transfer mode.)
When DMA transfer is started, the right to use the bus is acquired and the transfer begins. The data
transfer unit can be selected from between the 1 double-word (32 bits) and 8 double-words (32 B).
Note:
When performing DMA transfer in the dual-address mode, a function for automatically negating
DREQ is provided based on the setting of the DBM register.
4.3.4 DMA transfer request
Single-address mode
DMA is started when the CORAL issues an external request to DMAC of the host processor.
Set the transfer count in the transfer count register of the CORAL and then issue DREQ.
Fix the CPU destination address to the FIFO address.
Dual-address mode
DMA is started by two procedures: CORAL issues an external request to DMAC of the host processor,
or the CPU itself is started (auto request mode, etc.). n
I Ack use mode, set the transfer count in the
transfer count register of CORAL and then issue DREQ.
Note:
In the Ack unused mode and the V832 mode requires no setting of the transfer count register.
4.3.5 Ending DMA transfer
• SH3/SH4
When the CORAL transfer count register is set to 0, DMA transfer ends and DREQ is negated.
• V832
When the XTC signal from the CPU is low-asserted while the DMAAK signal to S CORAL is
high-asserted, the end of DMA transfer is recognized and DREQ is negated.
• The end of DMA transfer is detected in two ways: the DMA status register (DST) is polled, and an
interrupt to end the drawing command (FD000000H ) is added to the display list and the interrupt is
detected.
• In the dual address mode (mode not using ACK), the DMA transfer count register (DTC) is not used, so
the DMA ending cannot be determined. The DREQ signal can be negated to end DMA by writing 1 from
the CPU to the DMA transfer stop register (DTS) of CORAL at DMA transfer end.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
41
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
4.4
Transfe r of Local Display List
This is the mode in which the CORAL internal bus is used to transfer the display list stored in the graphics
memory to the FIFO interface.
During transfer of the local display list, the host bus can be used for CPU read/write.
How to transfer list: Store the display list in the local memory of CORAL, set the transfer source local
address (LSA) and the transfer count (LCO), and then issue a request (LREQ). Whether or not the local
display list is currently being transferred is checked using the local transfer status register (LSTA).
CPU
Host IF
FIFO
Memory IF
SDRAM
SDRAM
CPU Bus
Internal Bus
Transfer Path for Local Display List
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
42
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
4.5
Interrupt
Coral issues interrupt requests to the host CPU. Following shows the types of interrupt factor and they
can be enabled/disabled by IMASK (Interrupt Mask Register).
• Vertical synchronization detect
• Field synchronization detect
• External synchronization error detect
• Drawing command error
• Drawing command execution end
4.6
SH3 Mode
In the SH3 mode, operation is assured under the following conditions:
Normally not ready mode
• BCLK (CPU bus clock) is 50 MHz or less.
• The XWAIT setup time is 9.0 ns or less.
Normally ready mode
• Three cycles or more are set for the software wait.
4.7
Wait
Software wait
The software wait is a wait performed on the CPU side; this wait specifies how many cycles of the
ready signal (XRDY) sampling timing is ignored.
Hardware wait
The hardware wait is a wait on the CORAL side that occurs when CORAL itself cannot read/write data
immediately.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
43
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
4.8
Memory Map
The following shows the memory map of CORAL to the host CPU memory space.
mapped differently in SH3, SH4 and V832.
64 MB Space (SH3/SH4)
256 KB
16 MB Space (V832, SPARClite)
Graphics
memory
area
0000000 to 1FBFFFF
Register area
1FC0000 to 1FFFFFF
Graphics
memory
area
2000000 to 3FFFFFF
32 MB to 256 KB
32 MB
The address is
16 MB to 256 KB
256 KB
Gr aphics
memory
area
0000000 to 0FBFFFF
Register area
0FCFFFF to 0FFFFFF
Fig. 4.1 Memory Map
Table 4-4
Size
Address Space in SH3/SH4 Mode
Resource
32 MB to 256 KB
Base address
(Name)
00000000
64 KB
Host interface registers
01FC0000
(HostBase)
32 KB
Display registers
01FD0000
(DisplayBase)
32 KB
Drawing registers
01FF0000
(DrawBase)
32 KB
Geometry engine registers
01FF8000
(GeometryBase)
32 MB
Graphics memory
02000000
Table 4-5
Size
Address Space in V832, SPARClite Mode
Resource
Base address
(Name)
16 MB to 256 KB
Graphics memory
00000000
64 KB
Host interface registers
00FC0000
(HostBase)
32 KB
Display registers
00FD0000
(DisplayBase)
32 KB
Drawing registers
00FF0000
(DrawBase)
32 KB
Geometry engine registers
00FF8000
(GeometryBase)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
44
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
When the SH3 or SH4 mode is used, the register area can be moved by writing 1 to bit 0 at HostBase +
005Ch (RSW: Register location Switch). In the initial state, the register space is at the center
(1FC0000) of the 64 MB space; access CORAL after about 20 bus clocks after writing 1 to RSW.
64 MB space (SH3/SH4)
32 MB
Graphics memory
area
0000000 to 1FFFFFF
32 MB to 256 KB
Graphics memory
area
2000000 to 3FBFFFF
Register area
256 KB
3FC0000 to 3FFFFFF
Fig. 4.2 Memory Map
Table 4-6 Address Mapping in SH3/SH4 Mode
Size
Resource
Base address
(Name)
64 MB to 256 KB
Graphics memory
00000000
64 KB
Host interface registers
03FC0000
(HostBase)
32 KB
Display registers
03FD0000
(DisplayBase)
32 KB
Drawing registers
03FF0000
(DrawBase)
32 KB
Geometry engine registers
03FF8000
(GeometryBase)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
45
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
5 Graphics Memory
5.1
Configuration
The Coral uses local external memory (Graphics memory) for drawing and display management.
The configuration of this Graphics memory is described as follows:
5.1.1 Data type
The Coral handles the following types of data. Display list can be stored in the host (main)
memory as well. Texture/tile pattern and text pattern can be defined by a display list as well.
Drawing Frame
This is a rectangular image data field for 2D/3D drawing. The Coral is able to have plural
drawing frames and display a part of these area if it is set to be bigger than display size. The
maximum size is 4096x4096 pixel in 32 pixel units. And both indirect color ( 8 bits / pixel) and
direct color ( 16 bits / pixel) mode are applicable.
Display Frame
This is a rectangle picture area for display. The Coral is able to set display layer up to 6 layers.
Z Buffer
Z buffer is required for eliminating hidden surfaces. In 16 bits modes, 2 bytes and in 8 bits
mode, 1 byte are required per 1 pixel. This area has to be cleared before drawing.
Polygon Drawing Flag Buffer
This area is used for polygon drawing. It is required 1 bit memory area per 1 pixel and 1 x-axis
line area both backward and forward of it. This area has to be cleared before drawing.
Frame buffer, Z buffer,
Displaylist and etc
By XRR size
Base Address of Polygon
Drawing Buffer(PFBR)
By drawing frame sizy
Polygon drawing flag area
=> (Y resolution + 2) * X resolution
By XRR size
Frame buffer, Z buffer,
Displaylist and etc
Displaylist Buffer
The displaylist is a list of drawing commands and parameters.
Texture Pattern
This pattern is used for texture mapping. The maximum size is up to 4096 x 4096 pixels.
Cursor Pattern
This is used for hardware cursor. The data format is indirect color ( 8 bits / pixel) mode. And
the Coral is able to display two cursor of 64 x 64 pixel size.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
46
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
5.1.2 Memory Mapping
A graphics memory is mapped linearly to host CPU address field. Each of these above data is
able to be allocated anywhere in the Graphics memory according to the respective register
setting. ( However there is some restrictions of an addressing boundary depending on a data
type.)
5.1.3 Data Format
Direct Color ( 16 bits / pixel )
This data format is described RGB as each 5 bit. Bit15 is used for alpha bit of layer blending.
15
14
13
A
12
11
10
9
8
R
7
6
5
4
3
G
2
1
0
1
0
B
Indirect Color ( 8 bits / pixel )
This data format is a color index code for looking up table (palette).
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Color Code
Z Value
It is possible to use Z value as 8 bits or 16 bits. These data format are unsigned integer.
1 ) 16 bits mode
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Unsigned Integer
2 ) 8 bits mode
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Unsigned Integer
Polygon Drawing Flag
This data format is 1 bit per 1 pixel.
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P15
P14
P13
P12
P11
P10
P9
P8
P7
P6
P5
P4
P3
P2
P1
P0
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
P31
P30
P29
P28
P27
P26
P25
P24
P23
P22
P21
P20
P19
P18
P17
P16
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
47
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Texture / Tile Pattern
It is possible to use a pattern as direct color mode ( 16 bits / pixel) or indirect color mode ( 8
bits / pixel).
1 ) Direct color mode ( 16 bits / pixel)
This data format is described RGB as each 5 bit. Bit15 is used for alpha bit of stencil or stencil
blending. ( Only texture mapping)
15
14
13
A
12
11
10
9
8
R
7
6
5
4
3
G
2
1
0
B
2) Indirect color mode ( 8 bits / pixel)
This data format is a color index code for looking up table (palette).
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Color Code
Cursor Pattern
This data format is a color index code for looking up table (palette).
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Color Code
Video Capture data
This data format is Y:Cb:Cr=4:2:2 and 32 bits per 2 pixel.
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
Y0
31
30
29
28
3
2
1
0
19
18
17
16
Cb
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
Y1
Cr
Direct Color ( 32 bits / pixel )
This data format is described RGB as each 8 bit. Bit31 is used for alpha bit of layer blending.
But the Coral does not support this color mode drawing. Therefore please draw this layer by
CPU writing.
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
G
31
30
A
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
29
28
3
2
1
0
19
18
17
16
B
27
26
25
Reserved
24
23
22
21
20
R
48
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
5.2
Frame Management
5.2.1 Single Buffer
The entire or partial area of the drawing frame is assigned as a display frame. The display
field is scrolled by relocating the position of the display frame. When the display frame
crosses the border of the drawing frame, the other side of the drawing frame is displayed,
assuming that the drawing frame is rolled over (top and left edges assumed logically
connected to bottom and right edges, respectively). To avoid the affect of drawing on display,
the drawing data can be transferred to the Graphics Memory in the blanking time period.
5.2.2 Double Buffer
Two drawing frames are set. While one frame is displayed, drawing is done at the other
frame. Flicker-less animation can be performed by flipping these two frames back and forth.
Flipping is done in the blanking time period. There are two flipping modes: automatically at
every scan frame period, and by user control. The double buffer is assigned independently
for the L2, L3, L4, L5 layers.
5.3
Memory Access
5.3.1 Memory Access by host CPU
Graphics memory is mapped linearly to host CPU address field. The host CPU can access the
Graphics memory like a SRAM.
5.3.2 Priority of memory accessing
The priority of Graphics memory accessing is the follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Refresh
Display processing
Host CPU accessing
Drawing accessing
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
49
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
5.4
Connection with memory
5.4.1 Connection with memory
The memory controller of Coral supports simple connection with SD/FCRAM by setting
MMR(Memory Mode Register).
If there is N(=11 to 13) address pins in SD/FCRAM, please connect the SD/FCRAM
address(A[n]) pin to the Coral’s memory address(MA[n]) pin and SD/FCRAM bank pin to the
Coral’s next address(MA[N]) pin. Then please set MMR by a number and type of memory.
The follows are the connection table between Coral pin and SD/FCRAM pin.
64M bit SDRAM(x16 bit)
Coral pins
SDRAM pins
64M bit SDRAM(x32 bit)
Coral pins
SDRAM pins
MA[11:0]
MA12
MA13
MA[10:0]
MA11
MA12
A[11:0]
BA0
BA1
128M bit SDRAM(x16 bit)
Coral pins
SDRAM pins
MA[11:0]
MA12
MA13
128M bit SDRAM(x32 bit)
Coral pins
SDRAM pins
A[11:0]
BA0
BA1
MA[11:0]
MA12
MA13
256M bit SDRAM(x16 bit)
Coral pins
SDRAM pins
MA[12:0]
MA13
MA14
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
A[10:0]
BA0
BA1
A[11:0]
BA0
BA1
16M bit FCRAM(x16 bit)
Coral pins
FCRAM pins
A[12:0]
BA0
BA1
MA[10:0]
MA11
50
A[10:0]
BA
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
51
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
6 DISPLAY CONTROLLER
6.1
Overview
Display control
Window display can be performed for six layers. Window scrolling, etc., can also be performed.
Backward compatibility
Backward compatibility with previous products is supported in the four-layer display mode or in the
left/right split display mode.
Video timing generator
The video display timing is generated according to the display resolution (from 320 × 240 to 1024 ×
768).
Color look-up
There are two sets of color look-up tables by palette RAM for the indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel).
Cursor
Two sets of hardware cursor patterns (8 bits/pixel, 64 × 64 pixels each) can be used.
6.2
Display Function
6.2.1 Layer configuration
Six-layer window display is performed. Layer overlay sequence can be set in any order. A four-layer
display mode and left/right split display mode are also provided, supporting backward compatibility with
previous products.
L0 ( L0WX,L0WY)
L4 ( L4WX,L4WY)
L2 ( L2WX,L2WY)
L3 ( L3WX,L3WY)
L1 ( WX,WY)
L3,L5 (HDB+1,0)
background color
(a) Six layerd window display
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
L0,L2,L4 (0,0 )
L1 ( L1WX,L1WY)
L5 ( L5WX,L5WY)
(b) Four layered display for downward compatibility
52
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Configuration of Display Layers
The correspondence between the display layers for this product and for previous products is shown
below.
Layer
correspondence
Coordinates of starting point
Window mode
Compatibility
mode
Width/height
Window mode
Compatibility mode
L0
C
(L0WX, L0WY)
(0, 0)
(L0WW, L0WH + 1)
(HDP + 1, VDP + 1)
L1
W
(L1WX, L1WY)
(WX, WY)
(L1WW, L1WH + 1)
(WW, WH + 1)
L2
ML
(L2WX, L2WY)
(0, 0)
(L2WW, L2WH + 1)
(HDB + 1, VDP + 1)
L3
MR
(L3WX, L3WY)
(HDB, 0)
(L3WW, L3WH + 1)
(HDP − HDB, VDP + 1)
L4
BL
(L4WX, L4WY)
(0, 0)
(L4WW, L4WH + 1)
(HDB + 1, VDP + 1)
L5
BR
(L5WX, L5WY)
(HDB, 0)
(L5WW, L5WH + 1)
(HDP − HDB, VDP + 1)
C, W, ML, MR, BL, and BR above mean layers for previous products. The window mode or the
compatibility mode can be selected for each layer. It is possible to use new functions through minor
program changes by allowing the coexistence of display modes instead of separating them completely.
However, if high resolutions are displayed, the count of layers that can be displayed simultaneously and
pixel data may be restricted according to the graphics memory ability to supply data.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
53
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
6.2.2 Overlay
(1) Overview
Image data for the six layers (L0 to L5) is processed as shown below.
L0(C) data
Cursor0 data
Pallet-0
Cursor1 data
L4(BL) data
Pallet-1
YUV/RGB
L5(BR) data
Pallet-2
L2 data
Blender
L3(MR) data
Layer Selector
L2(ML) data
Overlay
L1(W) data
Pallet-3
L3 data
L4 data
L5 data
The fundamental flow is: Palette → Layer selection → Blending. The palettes convert 8-bit color
codes to the RGB format. The layer selector exchanges the layer overlay sequence arbitrarily. The
blender performs blending using the blend coefficient defined for each layer or overlays in accordance
with the transparent-color definition.
The L0 layer corresponds to the C layer for previous products and shares the palettes with the cursor.
As a result, the L0 layer and cursor are overlaid before blend operation.
The L1 layer corresponds to the W layer for previous products. To implement backward compatibility
with previous products, the L1 layer and lower layers are overlaid before blend operation.
The L2 to L5 layers have two paths; in one path, these layers are input to the blender separately and in
the other, these layers and the L1 layer are overlaid and then are input to the blender. When
performing processing using the extended mode, select the former; when performing the same
processing as previous products, select the latter. It is possible to specify which one to select for
each layer.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
54
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
(2) Overlay mode
Image layer overlay is performed in two modes: simple priority mode, and blend mode.
In the simple priority mode, processing is performed according to the transparent color defined for each
layer. When the color is a transparent color, the value of the lower layer is used as the image value
for the next stage; when the color is not a transparent color, the value of the layer is used as the image
value for the next stage.
Dview = Dnew (when Dnew does not match transparent color)
= Dlower (when Dnew matches transparent color)
When the L1 layer is in the YCbCr mode, transparent color checking is not performed for the L1 layer;
processing is always performed assuming that transparent color is not used.
In the blend mode, the blend ratio “r” defined for each layer is specified using 8-bit tolerance, and the
following operation is performed:
Dview = Dnew*r + Dlower*(1 – r)
Blending is enabled for each layer by mode setting and a specific bit of the pixel is set to “1”. For 8
bits/pixel, the MSB of RAM data enables blending; for 16 bits/pixel, the MSB of data of the relevant
layer enables blending; for 24 bits/pixel, the MSB of the word enables blending.
(3) Blend coefficient layer
In the normal blend mode, the blend coefficient is fixed for each layer. However, in the blend
coefficient layer mode, the L5 layer can be used as the blend coefficient layer. In this mode, the blend
coefficient can be specified for each pixel, providing gradation, for example. When using this mode,
set the L5 layer(L5M and L5EM register) to 8 bits/pixel, window display mode and extend overlay
mode.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
55
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
6.2.3 Display parameters
The display area is defined according to the following parameters. Each parameter is set independently
at the respective register.
HTP
HSP
HSW
HDP
HDB
VDP
LnWX
LnWW
LnWH
VTR
VSP
LnWY
VSW
Fig. 5.1 Display Parameters
Note: The actual parameter settings are little different from the above. The details, please refer “11.3.1
Interlaced mode”.
HTP
Horizontal Total Pixels
HSP
Horizontal Synchronize pulse Position
HSW
Horizontal Synchronize pulse Width
HDP
Horizontal Display Period
HDB
Horizontal Display Boundary
VTR
Vertical Total Raster
VSP
Vertical Synchronize pulse Position
VSW
Vertical Synchronize pulse Width
VDP
Vertical Display Period
LnWX
Layer n Window position X
LnWY
Layer n Window position Y
LnWW
Layer n Window Width
LnWH
Layer n Window Height
When not splitting the window, set HDP to HDB and display only the left side of the window. The settings
must meet the following relationship:
0 < HDB ≤ HDP < HSP < HSP + HSW + 1 < HTP
0 < VDP < VSP < VSP + VSW + 1 < VTR
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
56
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
6.2.4 Display position control
The graphic image data to be displayed is located in the logical 2D coordinates space (logical graphics
space) in the Graphics Memory. There are six logical graphics spaces as follows:
• L0 layer
• L1 layer
• L2 layer
• L3 layer
• L4 layer
• L5 layer
The relation between the logical graphics space and display position is defined as follows:
Display Address (DA)
Display Position X,Y (DX,DY)
Origin Address (OA)
Stride (W)
Height (H)
Logical Frame
Display Frame
VDP
HDP
Fig. 5.2 Display Position Parameters
OA
Origin Address
W
Stride
Origin address of logical graphics space. Memory address of top left
edge pixel in logical frame origin
Width of logical graphics space. Defined in 64-byte unit
H
Height
Height of logical graphics space. Total raster (pixel) count of field
DA
Display Address
DX
DY
Display Position
Display origin address. Top left position address of display frame
origin
Display origin coordinates.
Coordinates in logical frame space of display frame origin
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
57
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Coral scans the logical graphics space as if the entire space is rolled over in both the horizontal and
vertical directions. Using this function, if the display frame crosses the border of the logical graphics
space, the part outside the border is covered with the other side of the logical graphics space, which is
assumed to be connected cyclically as shown below:
Logical Frame Origin
64 w
Previous display
origin
Additionally
drawn area
New display origin
L
Fig. 5.3 Wrap Around of Display Frame
The expression of the X and Y coordinates in the frame and their corresponding linear addresses (in
bytes) is shown below.
A(x,y) = x × bpp/8 + 64wy (bpp = 8 or 16)
The origin of the displayed coordinates has to be within the frame. To be more specific, the parameters
are subject to the following constraints:
0 ≤ DX < w × 64 × 8/bpp (bpp = 8 or 16)
0 ≤ DY < H
DX, DY, and DA have to indicate the same point within the frame. In short, the following relationship
must be satisfied.
DA = OA + DX × bpp/8 + 64w × DY (bpp = 8 or 16)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
58
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
6.3
Display Color
Color data is displayed in the following modes:
Indirect color (8 bits/pixel)
In this mode, the index of the palette RAM is displayed. Data is converted to image data consisting of
6 bits for R, G, and B via the palette RAM and is then displayed.
Direct color (16 bits/pixel)
Each level of R, G, and B is represented using 5 bits.
Direct color (24 bits/pixel)
Each level of R, G, and B is represented using 8 bits.
YCbCr color (16 bits/pixel)
In this mode, image data is displayed with YCbCr = 4:2:2. Data is converted to image data consisting
of 8 bits for R, G, and B using the operation circuit and is then displayed.
The display colors for each layer are shown below.
Layer
Compatibility mode
Extended mode
L0
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P0)
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P0)
L1
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1), YCbCr
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1), YCbCr
L2
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1)
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P2)
L3
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1)
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P3)
L4
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1)
Direct color (16, 24)
L5
Direct color (16, 24), Indirect color (P1)
Direct color (16, 24)
“Pn” stands for the corresponding palette RAM. Four palettes are used as follows:
Palette 0 (P0)
This palette corresponds to the C-layer palette for previous products. This palette is used for the L0
layer. This palette can also be used for the cursor.
Palette 1 (P1)
This palette corresponds to the M/B layer palette for previous products. In the compatibility mode, this
palette is common to layers L1 to 5. In the extended mode, this palette is dedicated to the L1 layer.
Palette 2 (P2)
This palette is dedicated to the L2 layer. This palette can be used only for the extended mode.
Palette 3 (P3)
This palette is dedicated to the L2 layer. This palette can be used only for the extended mode.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
59
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
6.4
Cursor
6.4.1 Cursor display function
CORAL can display two hardware cursors. Each cursor is specified as 64 × 64 pixels, and the cursor
pattern is set in the Graphics Memory. The indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) is used and the L0 layer
palette is used. However, transparent color control (handling of transparent color code and code 0) is
independent of L0 layer. Blending with lower layer is not performed.
6.4.2 Cursor control
The display priority for hardware cursors is programmable. The cursor can be displayed either on upper
or lower the L0 layer using this feature. A separate setting can be made for each hardware cursor. If
part of a hardware cursor crosses the display frame border, the part outside the border is not shown.
Usually, cursor 0 is preferred to cursor 1. However, with cursor 1 displayed upper the L0 layer and
cursor 0 displayed lower the L0 layer, the cursor 1 display is preferred to the cursor 0.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
60
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
6.5
Display Scan Control
6.5.1 Applicable display
The following table shows typical display resolutions and their synchronous signal frequencies. The pixel
clock frequency is determined by setting the division rate of the display reference clock. The display
reference clock is either the internal PLL (400.9 MHz at input frequency of 14.318 MHz), or the clock
supplied to the DCLKI input pin. The following table gives the clock division rate used when the internal
PLL is the display reference clock:
Table 4-1
Resolution and Display Frequency
Resolution
Division rate
of reference
clock
Pixel
frequency
Horizontal
total pixel
count
Horizontal
frequency
Vertical
total raster
count
Vertical
frequency
320 × 240
1/60
6.7 MHz
424
15.76 kHz
263
59.9 Hz
400 × 240
1/48
8.4 MHz
530
15.76 kHz
263
59.9 Hz
480 × 240
1/40
10.0 MHz
636
15.76 kHz
263
59.9 Hz
640 × 480
1/16
25.1 MHz
800
31.5 kHz
525
59.7 Hz
854 × 480
1/12
33.4 MHz
1062
31.3 kHz
525
59.9 Hz
800 × 600
1/10
40.1 MHz
1056
38.0 kHz
633
60.0 Hz
1024 × 768
1/6
66.8 MHz
1389
48.1 kHz
806
59.9 Hz
Pixel frequency = 14.318 MHz × 28 × reference clock division rate (when internal PLL selected)
= DCLKI input frequency × reference clock division rate (when DCLKI selected)
Horizontal frequency = Pixel frequency/Horizontal total pixel count
Vertical frequency = Horizontal frequency/Vertical total raster count
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
61
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
6.5.2 Interlace display
CORAL can perform both a non-interlace display and an interlace display.
When the DCM register synchronization mode is set to interlace video (11), images in memory are output
in odd and even rasters alternately to each field, and one frame (odd + even fields) forms one screen.
When the DCM register synchronization mode is set to interlace (10), images in memory are output in
raster order. The same image data is output to odd fields and even fields. Consequently, the count of
rasters on the screen is half of that of interlace video. However, unlike the non-interlace mode, there is a
distinction between odd and even fields depending on the phase relationship between the horizontal and
vertical synchronous signals.
Odd
Eve
n
Non-Interlace
Interlace Video
Interlace
Fig. 5.4 Display Difference between Synchronization Modes
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
62
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
6.6
The external synchronous signal
The display scan can be performed by synchronizing horizontal/vertical synchronous signal from the
external.
In selecting the external synchronization mode, Coral is sampling the HSYNC signal and displays
the synchronizing the external video signal. Either the internal PLL clock or the DCLKI input
signal could be selected for the sampling clock. Also, the superimposed analog output is performed
by the chroma key process.
The following diagram shows an example of the external
synchronization circuit.
Display Timming
Generator
VSYNC
Digital
RGB
Out
L0
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
3 states
buffer
Hsync Out
L0
DAC
Hsync In
Vsync In
ESY bit
HSYNC
Overlap
External Sync
Enable
Cursor 0
Cursor 1
Vsync Out
CORAL
CKM bit
KEYC
register
Compare
GV
Latency compensation for DAC
D-FFs
Analo g
RGB In
Video SW
(Pedestal Clump Input)
Superimposed
Analog
RGB Out
An example of the external synchronization circuit
The external synchronization mode is performed by setting the ESY bit of the DCM register. In
setting the external synchronization mode, HSYNC, VSYNC, and EO pin of Coral is changed to the
input mode. After that it needs to be provided the synchronous signal by using the 3 state buffer from
the external. When turning off the external synchronization mode, Coral internal ESY bit needs to be
switched OFF after disconnecting the synchronous input signal from the external.
The buffer of the external synchronization signal must not be switched ON when the synchronous
output signal of Coral is ON. Follow the previous instruction to prevent simultaneous ON from
occurring.
In using the external synchronous signal with the display clock based on the internal PLL, Coral
extends the clock period and fits the clock phase with the horizontal synchronous signal phase after
inputting the horizontal synchronous pulse.
The following caution is necessary.
In case of
connecting the high speed transmit signal, such as LVDS, with the digital RGB output, PLL with a
built-in the high speed serial transmission is temporally unstable due to this connection. Therefore,
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
63
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
the external synchronous signal based on the internal PLL must not be used with high speed
synchronous transmit signal.
The synchronization of the horizontal direction is controlled by the following state diagram.
otherwise
otherwise
counter = HTP
The horizontal resolution
detecting the external horizontal
synchronous signal or
the horizontal synchronous pulse
counter = HSP
Fporch
The horizontal resolution counter
= HDP
The horizontal resolution
Disp
counter = HSW
Bporch
Sync
otherw i s e
When the horizontal resolution counter
matches the HTP, it is initialized.
otherwise
The horizontal resolution counter is
is halted, starts to count the horizontal
synchronous pulse counter.
The finite state diagram is controlled by the horizontal resolution counter. The period of outputting
the signal is assigned the Disp state. When the value of the horizontal resolution counter matches
that of the HDP register, it ends to output the signal and the current state is transmitted from Disp
state to Fporch state (front porch). In the Fporch state, when the value of the vertical resolution
register matches that of the HSP register, the current state is transmitted to the Sync state. In this
state, it waits for the horizontal synchronous signal from the external. Coral detects the negative
edge of the horizontal synchronous pulse from the external and synchronizes it. In detecting the
horizontal synchronous signal from the external, the current state is transmitted to the Bporch state
(back porch). The horizontal resolution register does not count in the Sync state, instead the
horizontal synchronous counter is incremented from zero. When the value of this counter matches
the setting value of the HSW register, the current state is transmitted to the Bporch state without
detecting the horizontal synchronous signal form the external. When the value of the horizontal
resolution counter matches that of the HTP register in the Bporch state, the horizontal resolution
counter is reset, and also the current state is transmitted to the Disp state and it begins to display the
next cluster.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
64
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
The synchronization of vertical direction is controlled by the following state diagram.
otherwise
otherwise
Disp
Fporch
vertical synchronous
pulse to be asserted
detecting the external
= VTR
The cluster counter
The cluster counte r = V D P
detecting the negative edge
of the external vertical
synchronous pulse
Bporch
Sync
otherwise
otherwise
When the cluster counter matches the
VTP, it is initialized.
The state diagram of the vertical direction is controlled by the value of the cluster counter. The period of
outputting the signal is assigned the Disp state. When the value of the cluster counter matches the value
of the VDP register, it ends to output the signal and the current state is transmitted from the Disp state to
the Fporch state. In the Fporch state, it waits the external synchronous pulse to be asserted. In
detecting the external synchronous pulse to be asserted, the current state is transmitted to the Sync state.
In the Sync state, it waits for the negative edge of the external synchronous signal. In detecting the
negative edge, the current state is transmitted to the Bporch state. When the value of the cluster counter
matches the values of the VTR register, the cluster counter is reset, and also the current state is
transmitted to the Disp state and it starts to display the next field.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
65
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
6.7
Video Interface, NTSC/PAL Output
In outputting NTSC signal, NTSC/PAL encoder must be connected externally as shown below:
CORAL
DAC
MB3516A
R7-2, MD63-61
R7-0
ROUT
R-IN
G7-2, MD60-58
G7-0
GOUT
G-IN
B7-2, MD57-55
B7-0
BOUT
B-IN
DCLKO
CLK
CSYNC
XRGBEN
VIDEO-OUT
CSYNC-IN
1/4
CLK
Fsc-IN
14.318 MHz
Fig. 5.4 Example of NTSC Encoder Connection
The digital NTSC encoder can also be used, but in general, the usable pixel frequency/resolution are
limited. For details, refer to the specifications for each company’s digital NTSC encoder.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
66
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
7 GEOMETRY ENGINE
7.1
Geometry Pipeline
7.1.1 Processing flow
The flow of geometry is shown below.
Object coordinates (OC)
MVP Transformation
Clip coordinates (CC)
Clipping
Back face carling
3D-2D Transformation
Normalized device coordinates (NDC)
View port transformation
Drawing (device) coordinates (DC)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
67
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
7.1.2 Model-view-projection
transformation)
(MVP)
transformation
(OC→CC
coordinate
The geometry engine transforms the vertex of the “OC” coordinate system specified by the G_Vertex
packet to the “CC” coordinate system according to the coordinate transformation matrix (OC → CC Matrix)
specified by the G_LoadMatrix packet. The “OC → CC Matrix” is a “4 × 4” matrix consisting of a
ModelView matrix and a Projection matrix.
If “Zoc” is not contained in the input parameter of the G_Vertex packet (Z-bit of GMDR0 is off), (OC → CC)
coordinate transformation is processed as “Zoc = 0”.
When GMDR0[0] is 0 (orthogonal projection transformation), OC → CC coordinate transformation is
processed as “Wcc = 1.0”.
OC: Object Coordinates
CC: Clip Coordinates
Xcc
Ma0
Ma1
Ma2
Ma3
Xoc
Mb0
Mb1
Mb2
Mb3
Yoc
Zcc
Mc0
Mc1
Mc2
Mc3
Zoc
Wcc
Md0
Md1
Md2
Md3
1
Ycc
=
Ma0 to Md3: OC → CC Matrix
Xoc to Zoc: X, Y, and Z of OC coordinate system
Xcc to Woc: X, Y, Z, and W of CC coordinate system
7.1.3 3D-2D transformation (CC→NDC coordinate transformation)
The geometry engine divides “XYZ” of the “CC” coordinate system by “Wcc” (Perspective Division).
NDC: Normalized Device Coordinates
Xndc
Yndc
Zndc
Xcc
=
1/Wcc
Ycc
Zcc
Xndc to Zndc: X, Y, and Z of “NDC” coordinate system
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
68
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
7.1.4 View port transformation (NDC→DC coordinate transformation)
The geometry engine transforms “XYZ” of the “NDC” coordinate system to the “DC” coordinate system
according to the transformation coefficient specified by G_ViewPort and G_DepthRange.
“X_Scaling,X_Offset” and “Y_Scaling,Y_Offset” are coefficients to be mapped finally to Frame Buffer.
Xdc and Ydc must be included within the drawing input range (-4096 to 4095). “Z_Scaling” and
“Z_Offset” are coefficients to be mapped finally to “Z Buffer”. “Zdc” must be included within the “Z Buffer”
range (0 to 65535).
DC: Device Coordinates
Xdc = X_Scaling*Xndc + X_Offset
Ydc = Y_Scaling*Yndc + Y_Offset
Zdc = Z_Scaling*Zndc + Z_Offset
7.1.5 View volume clipping
Expression for determination
The expression for determining the CORAL view volume clipping is shown below.
intended to prevent the overflow caused by 1/W.
W clipping is
Xmin*Wcc ≤ Xcc ≤ Xmax*Wcc
Ymin*Wcc ≤ Ycc ≤ Ymax*Wcc
Zmin*Wcc ≤ Zcc ≤ Zmax*Wcc
Wmin ≤ Wcc
Note:
Xmin, Xmax, Ymin, Ymax, Zmin, Zmax, and Wmin are the clip boundary values set by the
G_ViewVolumeXYClip/ZClip/WClip packet.
Clipping-on/-off
View volume clipping-on/-off can be switched by using the clip boundary values set by the
G_ViewVolumeXYClip/Zclip/WClip packet. To switch view volume clipping to off, set the maximum
and minimum values of the geometry data format (IEEE single-precision floating point(*1)) in the
“Clip.max” value(*2) and “Clip.min” value(*3), respectively. In this case, ‘All coordinate transformation
results’ can be evaluated as within view volume range, making it possible to obtain the effect of view
volume clipping-off.
This method is valid only when W clipping does not occur. When a clip boundary value (Wmin) that
causes W clipping to occur is set, clipping is also performed for each clip area. Consequently, set an
appropriate clip boundary value for Clip. Max value. and Clip. Min value., respectively.
If other values are set in “Clip.max” and Clip.min, view volume clipping-on operates. The coordinate
transformation result is always compared with the values set in “Clip.max” and “Clip.min”.
*1: Maximum value = 0x7f7fffff, minimum value = 0xff7fffff
*2: Xmin,Ymin, Zmin, Wmin
*3: Xmax, Ymax, Zmax
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
69
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
An example of the G_ViewVolumeZclip packet is shown below.
0xf1012010 //Setting of GMDR0
0x00000000 //Data format: Floating point data format
0x45000000 //G_ViewVolumeZclip packet
0xff7fffff //Zmin.float setting value (minimum value of IEEE single-precision floating point)
0x7f7fffff //Zmax.float setting value (maximum value of IEEE single-precision floating point)
Example of G_ViewVolumeZclip Packet when Z Clipping Off
“W” clipping at orthogonal projection transformation
“W” at orthogonal projection transformation (GMDR0[0] = 0) is treated as “Wcc=1.0”. For this reason,
to suppress “W” clipping, the set “Wmin” value must be larger than 0 and 1.0 or less.
Relationship with drawing clip frame
For the following reasons, the clip boundary values of the view volume should be set so that the values
after DC coordinate transformation will be larger than the drawing clip frame (2 pixels or more).
(1) “XY” on the view volume clip frame of the “CC” coordinate system may be drawn one pixel outside
or inside the frame due to an operation error when it is finally mapped to the “DC” coordinate
system.
(2) When the end point of a line overlaps the view volume frame mapped to the “DC” coordinate
system, there are two cases, where the dots on the frame are drawn, and not drawn depending on
the specifying of the line drawing attribute (end point drawing/non-drawing).
(3) When the start point of a line overlaps the view volume frame mapped to the “DC” coordinate
system, the dots on the frame are always drawn. When the line drawing attribute is ‘end point
non-drawing,’ the dots on the frame are drawn at the starting point, but they may not be drawn at
the end point.
(4) When applying to triangle and polygon drawing the rasterizing rule ‘dots containing center of pixel
drawn. Dots on right side and base of triangle not drawn.’ depending on the value of the fraction,
a gap may be produced between the right side and base of the frame.
“DC” Coordinates image of view volume clip frame
Drawing area
Drawing clip frame
A space of two pixels or more is required.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
70
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
7.1.6 Back face curling
In CORAL, a triangle direction can be defined and a mode in which drawing for the back face is inhibited
(back face carling) is supported. The on/off operation is controlled by the GMDR2[0] setting. GMDR2[0]
must be set to 1 only when back face carling is required. When back face carling is not required such as
in ‘line,’ ‘point,’ and ‘polygon primitive,’ GMDR2[0] must be set to 0.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
71
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
7.2
Data Format
7.2.1 Data format
The supported data formats are 32-bit single-precision floating-point format, 32-bit fixed-point format,
integer packed format, and RGB packed format. All internal processing is performed in the floating-point
format. For this reason, the integer packed format, fixed-point format, and RGB packed format must be
converted to the floating-point format. The processing speeds in these formats are slightly lower than in
the 32-bit single-precision floating-point format.
The data format to use is selected by setting the GMDR0 register.
(1) 32-bit single-precision floating-point format
31 30
23 22
s
0
e
f
s: Sign bit (1 bit)
e: Exponent part (8 bits)
f: Mantissa (23 bits): ‘1.f’ shows the fraction. ‘1’ is a hidden bit.
s
(e-127)
The numerical value of the floating-point format becomes (-1) (1.f)2
(0 < e < 255).
(2) Signed fixed-point format (SFIX16.16)
31 30
16 15
s
0
Int
Frac
s: Sign bit (1 bit)
int: Integer (15 bits)
frac: Fraction (16 bits)
(3) Signed integer packed format (SINT16.SINT16)
31 30
16 15 14
s
Y.int
0
s
X.int
s: Sign bit (1 bit)
int: Integer (15 bits)
(4) RGB packed format
31
24 23
reserved
16 15
R
8 7
G
0
B
R, G, B: Color bits (8 bits)
(5) ARGB packed format
31
24 23
A
16 15
R
G
A: Alpha bits (8 bits)
R, G, B: Color bits (8 bits)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
8 7
72
0
B
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
7.3
Setup Engine
7.3.1 Setup processing
The vertex data transformed by the geometry engine is transferred to the setup engine. CORAL has a
drawing interface that is compatible with the MB86290A. It operates parameters for various slope
calculations, etc., with the setup engine. When the obtained parameters are set in the drawing engine,
the final drawing processing starts.
7.4
Log Output of Device Coordinates
A function is provided to output device coordinates (DC) data obtained by view port conversion to local
memory (graphics memory).
7.4.1 Log output mode
Drawing & log output command
Log output of drawing coordinates (device coordinates) can be performed concurrently with primitive
drawing.
Log output can be controlled using the command with log output on/off attribute; log output is
performed only when the log output on attribute is specified.
Log output dedicated command
When the log output dedicated command is used, log output of the device coordinates can be
performed.
7.4.2 Log output destination address
The log output destination address is controlled by the device coordinates log pointer. Once set an
address, this pointer automatically increment an output address.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
73
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8 DRAWING PROCESSING
8.1
Coordinate System
8.1.1 Drawing coordinates
After the calculation of coordinates by the geometry engine, CORAL draws data in the drawing frame in
the graphics memory that finally uses the drawing coordinates (device coordinates).
Drawing frame is treated as 2D coordinates with the origin at the top left as shown in the figure below.
The maximum coordinates is 4096 × 4096. Each drawing frame is located in the Graphics Memory by
setting the address of the origin and resolution of X direction (size). Although the size of Y direction does
not need to be set, Y coordinates which are max. at drawing must not be overlapped with other area. In
addition, at drawing, specifying the clip frame (top left and bottom right coordinates) can prevent the
drawing of images outside the clip frame.
X (max. 4096)
Drawing frame size Y
Y (max. 4096)
Origin
Drawing frame size X
(Xmin, Ymin)
Clip frame
(Xmax, Ymax)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
74
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.1.2 Texture coordinates
Texture coordinate is a 2D coordinate system represented as S and T (S: horizontal, T: vertical). Any
integer in a range of −8192 to +8191 can be used as the S and T coordinates. The texture coordinates is
correlated to the 2D coordinates of a vertex. One texture pattern can be applied to up to 4096 × 4096
pixels. The pattern size is set in the register. When the S and T coordinates exceed the maximum
pattern size, the repeat, cramp or border color option is selected.
T (max. ±8192)
S (max. ±8192)
Origin
Texture
pattern
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
75
max. 4096 pixels
max. 4096 pixels
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.1.3 Frame buffer
For drawing, the following area must be assigned to the Graphics Memory. The frame size (count of
pixels on X direction) is common for these areas.
Drawing frame
The results of drawing are stored in the graphical image data area. Both the direct and indirect color
mode are applicable.
Z buffer
Z buffer is required for eliminating hidden surfaces. In 16 bits mode, 2 bytes and in 8 bits mode, 1
byte are required per 1 pixel.
Polygon drawing flag buffer
This area is used for polygon drawing. 1bit is required per 1 pixel.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
76
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.2
Figure Drawing
8.2.1 Drawing primitives
CORAL has a drawing interface that is compatible with the MB86290A graphics controller which does not
perform geometry processing. The following types of figure drawing primitives are compatible with the
MB86290A.
• Point
• Line
• Triangle
• High-speed 2DLine
• High-speed 2DTriangle
• Polygon
8.2.2 Polygon drawing function
An irregular polygon (including concave shape) is drawn by hardware in the following manner:
1. Execute PolygonBegin command.
Initialize polygon drawing hardware.
2. Draw vertices.
Draw outline of polygon and plot all vertices to polygon draw flag buffer using high-speed 2DTriangle
primitive.
3. Execute PolygonEnd command.
Copy shape in polygon draw flag buffer to drawing frame and fill shape with color or specified tiling
pattern.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
77
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.2.3 Drawing parameters
The MB86290A-compatible interface uses the following parameters for drawing:
The triangles (Right triangle and Left triangle) are distinguished according to the locations of three vertices
as follows (not used for high-speed 2DTriangle):
V0
V0
Upper edge
Upper edge
Long edge
Upper triangle
Upper triangle
V1
V1
Lower edge
V2
Long edge
Lower edge
Lower triangle
Lower triangle
V2
Left-hand triangle
Right-hand triangle
The following parameters are required for drawing triangles (for high-speed 2DTriangle, X and Y
coordinates of each vertex are specified).
Ys Xs,Zs,Rs,Gs,Bs,Ss,Ts ,Qs
XUs
Upper edge start
Y coordinates
dXUdy
dXdy
dZdy
dRdy
dGdy
dBdy
dSdy
dTdy
dQdy
USN
dZdx ,dRdx,dGdx,dBdx,
dSdx,dTdx,dQdx
Lower edge start
Y coordinates
XLs
dXLdy
Note:
LSN
Be careful about the positional relationship between coordinates Xs, XUs, and XLs.
For example, in the above diagram, when a right-hand triangle is drawn using the parameter that
shows the coordinates positional relationship Xs (upper edge start Y coordinates) > XUs or Xs
(lower edge start Y coordinates) > XLs, the appropriate picture may not be drawn.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
78
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Ys
Y coordinates start position of long edge in drawing triangle
Xs
X coordinates start position of long edge corresponding to Ys
XUs
X coordinates start position of upper edge
XLs
X coordinates start position of lower edge
Zs
Z coordinates start position of long edge corresponding to Ys
Rs
R color value of long edge corresponding to Ys
Gs
G color value of long edge corresponding to Ys
Bs
B color value of long edge corresponding to Ys
Ss
S coordinate of textures of long edge corresponding to Ys
Ts
T coordinate of textures of long edge corresponding to Ys
Qs
Q perspective correction value of texture of long edge corresponding to Ys
dXdy
X DDA value of long edge direction
dXUdy
X DDA value of upper edge direction
dXLdy
X DDA value of lower edge direction
dZdy
Z DDA value of long edge direction
dRdy
R DDA value of long edge direction
dGdy
G DDA value of long edge direction
dBdy
B DDA value of long edge direction
dSdy
S DDA value of long edge direction
dTdy
T DDA value of long edge direction
dQdy
Q DDA value of long edge direction
USN
Count of spans of upper triangle
LSN
Count of spans of lower triangle
dZdx
Z DDA value of horizontal direction
dRdx
R DDA value of horizontal direction
dGdx
G DDA value of horizontal direction
dBdx
B DDA value of horizontal direction
dSdx
S DDA value of horizontal direction
dTdx
T DDA value of horizontal direction
dQdx
Q DDA value of horizontal direction
8.2.4 Anti-aliasing function
CORAL performs anti-aliasing to make jaggies less noticeable and smooth on line edges. To use this
function at the edges of primitives, redraw the primitive edges with anti-alias lines.
( The edge of line is blended with a frame buffer color at that time. Ideally please draw sequentially from
father object.)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
79
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.3
Bit Map Processing
8.3.1 BLT
A rectangular shape in pixel units can be transferred. There are following types of transfer:
1.
Transfer from host CPU to Drawing frame memory
2.
Transfer between Graphics Memories including Drawing frame
Concerning 1 and 2 above, 2-term logic operation is performed between source and destination data and
its result can be stored.
Setting a transparent color enables a drawing of a specific pixel with transmission.
If part of the source and destination of the BLT field are physically overlapped in the display frame, the
start address (from which vertex the BLT field to be transferred) must be set correctly.
8.3.2 Pattern data format
CORAL can handle three bit map data formats: indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel), direct color mode (16
bits/pixel), and binary bit map (1 bit/pixel).
The binary bit map is used for character/font patterns, where foreground color is used for bitmap = 1 pixel,
and background color (background color can be set to be transparent by setting) is applied for bitmap = 0
pixels.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
80
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.4
Texture Mapping
8.4.1 Texture size
CORAL reads texcel corresponding t o the specified texture coordinates (S, T), and draws that data at the
correlated pixel position of the polygon. For the S and T coordinates, the selectable texture data size is
any value in the range from 4 to 4096 pixels represented as an exponent of 2.
8.4.2 Texture color
Drawing of 8-/16-bit direct color is supported for the texture pattern. For drawing 8-bit direct color, only
point sampling can be specified for texture interpolation; only de-curl can be specified for the blend mode.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
81
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.4.3 Texture lapping
If a negative or larger than the specified texture pattern size is specified as the texture coordinates (S, T),
according to the setting, one of these options (repeat, cramp or border) is selected for the ‘out-of-range’
texture mapping. The mapping image for each case is shown below:
Repeat
Cramp
Border
Repeat
This just simply masks the upper bits of the applied (S, T) coordinates. When the texture pattern size
is 64 × 64 pixels, the lower 6 bits of the integer part of (S, T) coordinates are used for S and T
coordinates.
Cramp
When the applied (S, T) coordinates is either negative or larger than the specified texture pattern size,
cramp the (S, T) coordinate as follows instead of texture:
S<0
S > Texture X size − 1
S=0
S = Texture X size − 1
Border
When the applied (S, T) coordinate is either negative or larger than the specified texture pattern size,
the outside of the specified texture pattern is rendered in the ‘border’ color.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
82
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.4.4 Filtering
CORAL supports two texture filtering modes: point filtering, and bi-linear filtering.
Point filtering
This mode uses the texture pixel specified by the (S, T) coordinates as they are for drawing. The
nearest pixel in the texture pattern is chosen according to the calculated (S, T) coordinates.
0.5
1.0 1.5
2.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
Bi-linear filtering
The four nearest pixels specified with (S, T) coordinate are blended according to the distance from
specified point and used in drawing.
0.5
1.0 1.5
2.0
0.0
C00
C10
C01
C11
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
8.4.5 Perspective correction
This function corrects the distortion of the 3D perspective in the texture mapping. For this correction, the
‘Q’ component of the texture coordinates (Q = 1/W) is set based on the W component of 3D coordinates of
the vertex.
When the texture coordinates are large values, the texture may not be drawn correctly when perspective
correction is performed. This phenomenon occurs due to the precision limitation of the arithmetical unit
for perspective correction. The coordinates for the texture that cannot be drawn normally vary with the
value of the Q component; as a guide, when this value, texture coordinates (S, T) is smaller than –2048 or
larger than 2048, normal drawing results are less likely to be obtained.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
83
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.4.6 Texture blending
CORAL supports the following three blend modes for texture mapping:
De-curl
This mode displays the selected texture pixel color regardless of the polygon color.
Modulate
This mode multiplies the native polygon color (CP ) and selected texture pixel color (C T) and the result is
used for drawing. Rendering color is calculated as follows (CO):
C0 = CT × CP
Stencil
This mode selects the display color from the texture color with MSB as a flag.
MSB = 1: Texture color
MSB = 0: Polygon color
8.4.7 Bi-linear high-speed mode
Bi-linear filtering is performed at high speed by creating normal texture data in advance with four-pixel
redundancy for one pixel.
One pixel requires information of about four pixels, so an area of four times the normal area is used.
This data format can only be used only for the bi-linear filtering mode; it cannot be used for the point
sampling mode.
The color mode is limited to 16-bit color.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
84
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
1
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
2
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
3
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
4
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
5
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
6
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
7
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
Normal texture layout (8 × 8 pixels)
0
1
6
7
0
00
01
08
09
01
02
09
10
to
06
07
14
15
07
00
15
08
1
08
09
16
17
09
10
17
18
to
14
15
12
13
15
08
23
16
2
16
17
24
25
17
18
25
26
to
22
23
30
31
23
16
31
24
3
24
25
32
33
25
26
33
34
to
30
31
38
39
31
24
39
32
4
32
33
40
41
33
34
41
42
to
38
39
46
47
39
32
47
40
5
40
41
48
49
41
42
49
50
to
46
47
54
55
47
40
55
48
6
48
49
56
57
49
50
57
58
to
54
55
62
63
55
48
63
56
7
56
57
00
01
57
58
01
02
to
62
63
06
07
63
56
07
00
Texture layout in bi-linear mode (8 × 8 pixels)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
85
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.5
Rendering
8.5.1 Tiling
Tiling reads the pixel color from the correlated tiling pattern and maps it onto the polygon. The tiling
determines the pixel on the pattern read by pixel coordinates to be drawn, irrespective of position and size
of primitive.
The tiling pattern size is limited to within 64 × 64 pixels. (at 16-bit color)
Example of Tiling
8.5.2 Alpha blending
Alpha blending blends the drawn in frame buffer to-be-drawn pixel or pixel already according to the alpha
value set in the alpha register. This function cannot be used simultaneously with logic operation drawing.
It can be used only when the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel) is used. The blended color C is calculated
as shown below when the color of the pixel to be drawn is CP, the color of frame buffer is CF , and the
alpha value is A:
C = CP × A + (1-A) × CF
The alpha value is specified as 8-bit data. 00h means alpha value 0% and FFh means alpha value 100%.
When the texture mapping function is enabled, the following blending modes can be selected:
Normal
Blends post texture mapping color with frame buffer color
Stencil
Uses MSB of texcel color for ON/OFF control:
MSB = 1:
Texcel color
MSB = 0: Frame buffer color
Stencil alpha
Uses MSB of texcel color for α/OFF control:
MSB = 1: Alpha blend texcel color and current frame buffer color
MSB = 0: Frame buffer color
Note: MSB of frame buffer is drawn MSB of texcel in both stencil and stencil alpha mode.
Therefore in case MSB of texcel is MSB=0, a color of frame buffer is frame buffer, but MSB of
frame buffer is set to 0.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
86
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.5.3 Logic operation
This mode executes a logic operation between the pixel to be drawn and the one already drawn in frame
buffer and its result is drawn. Alpha blending cannot be used when this function is specified.
Type
CLEAR
COPY
NOP
SET
COPY INVERTED
INVERT
AND REVERSE
OR REVERSE
ID
0000
0011
0101
1111
1100
1010
0010
1011
Operation
0
S
D
1
!S
!D
S & !D
S | !D
Type
AND
OR
NAND
NOR
XOR
EQUIV
AND INVERTED
OR INVERTED
ID
0001
0111
1110
1000
0110
1001
0100
1101
Operation
S&D
S|D
! (S & D)
! (S | D)
S xor D
! (S xor D)
!S & D
!S | D
8.5.4 Hidden plane management
CORAL supports the Z buffer for hidden plane management.
This function compares the Z value of a new pixel to be drawn and the existing Z value in the Z buffer.
Display/not display is switched according to the Z-compare mode setting. Define the Z-buffer access
options in the ZWRITEMASK mode.
The Z compare operation type is determined by the Z compare mode.
Either 16 or 8 bits can be selected for the Z-value.
ZWRITEMASK
1
0
Compare Z values, no Z value write overwrite
Compare Z values, Z value write
Z Compare mode
NEVER
ALWAYS
LESS
LEQUAL
EQUAL
GEQUAL
GREATER
NOTEQUAL
Code
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
Condition
Never draw
Always draw
Draw if pixel Z value < current Z buffer value
Draw if pixel Z value ≤ current Z buffer value
Draw if pixel Z value = current Z buffer value
Draw if pixel Z value ≥ current Z buffer value
Draw if pixel Z value > current Z buffer value
Draw if pixel Z value ! = current Z buffer value
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
87
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.6
Drawing Attributes
8.6.1 Line drawing attributes
In drawing lines, the following attributes apply:
Line Drawing Attributes
Drawing Attribute
Description
Line width
Line width selectable in range of 1 to 32 pixels
Broken line
Specify broken line pattern in 32-bit data
Anti-alias
Line edge smoothed when anti -aliasing enabled
8.6.2 Triangle drawing attributes
In drawing triangles, the following attributes apply (these attributes are disabled in high-speed 2DTriangle).
Texture mapping and tiling have separated texture attributes:
Triangle Drawing Attributes
Drawing Attribute
Shading
Description
Gouraud shading or flat shading selectable.
In case of indirect color mode, gray scale gouraud shading is
possible.
Alpha blending
Set alpha blending enable/disable per polygon
Alpha blending coefficient
Set color blending ratio of alpha blending
How to set gray scale gouraud shading
1. Set Frustum bit of GMDR0 register to 0.
2. Set identity matrix.
3. Set MDR2 register to the below.
SM bit = 1, ZC bit = 0, ZW bit = 0, BM bit = 00, TT bit = 00
4. Set GG bit of MDR7 register to 1.
5. Execute drawing by same method as a direct color gouraud shading object.
Note: - Please don’t use G_BeginE command.
- Please don’t use floating data format in G_Vertex command.
- R (red) parameter is used as a color parameter.
6. Set GG bit of MDR7 register to 0 after rendering.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
88
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.6.3 Texture attributes
In texture mapping, the following attributes apply:
Texture Attributes
Drawing Attribute
Description
Texture mode
Select either texture mapping or tiling
Texture memory mode
Select either internal texture buffer or external Graphics Memory to
use in texture mapping
Texture filter
Select either point sampling or bi-linear filtering
Texture coordinates correction
Select either linear or perspective correction
Texture wrap
Select either repeat or cramp of texture pattern
Texture blend mode
Select either decal or modulate
Bi-linear high-speed mode
Texture data is created in a dedicated format to perform high-speed
bi-linear filtering.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
89
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.6.4 BLT attributes
In BLT drawing, the following attributes apply:
BLT Attributes
Drawing Attribute
Description
Logic operation mode
Specify two source logic operation mode
Transparency mode
Set transparent copy mode and transparent color
Alpha map mode
Blend a color according to alpha map
8.6.5 Character pattern drawing attributes
Character Pattern Drawing
Drawing Attribute
Description
Character pattern enlarge/shrink
2 × 2, × 2 horizontal, 1/2 × 1/2, × 1/2 horizontal
Character pattern color
Set character color and background color
Transparency/non-transparency
Set background color to transparency/non-transparency
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
90
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.7
Bold Line
8.7.1 Starting and ending points
• In the CREMSON bold line mode, the starting and ending points are vertical to the principal axis.
• In the CORAL bold line mode, the starting and ending points are vertical to the theoretical line.
• Caution: CORAL bold line is generated by different algorithm. Thus drawing position is little bit different
from other primitive.
CREMSON bold line mode
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
CORAL bold line mode
91
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.7.2 Broken line pattern
• The broken line pattern vertical to the theoretical line (the CORAL broken line pattern) is supported.
• In the CREMSON bold line mode, lines can be drawn using the broken line pattern vertical to the
CREMSON-compatible principal axis (the CREMSON broken line pattern), and can also be drawn using
the CORAL broken line pattern.
• In the CORAL bold line mode, only the CORAL broken line pattern is supported.
Broken line pattern
made vertical
(1)
(2)
Starting point made vertical;
ending point made vertical
CORAL bold and broken lines
Interpolation of broken line pattern
Two types of interpolation modes are supported:
• No interpolation mode: Interpolation is not performed.
• Broken line pattern reference address fix mode: The same broken line pattern is referenced for several
pixels before and after the joint of the bold line. Any pixel count can be set by the user.
(1)
(1)
(2)
(2)
•
Edging not performed
•
Edging not performed
•
Interpolation of bold line joint not performed
•
Interpolation of bold line joint not performed
•
Interpolation of broken line pattern reference performed
•
Broken line pattern reference address fixed
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
92
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.7.3 Edging
• The edging line is supported.
• The line body and edging section can have depth information (Z offset). This mechanics makes it
possible to easily represent a good connection of the overlaid part of the edging line. For example, when
the line body depth information and edging section depth information are the same, the drawing result of
the edging line is like the intersection shown in the figure below. Also, when the line body depth
information and edging section depth information are different, the drawing result of the edging line is like
the solid intersection shown in the figure below.
Intersection
Control by depth
information
Solid intersection
Edging
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
93
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
8.7.4 Interpolation of bold line joint
• In the bold line joint interpolation mode, the bold line joint is interpolated using a triangle as shown in the
figure below.
• The edging line joint is also interpolated using a triangle, but the said depth information makes it possible
to represent a good connection as shown in the figure below.
• Caution: Sometime joint shape looks not perfect. ( using approximate calculation)
Edging interpolation can
also be performed.
Interpolation using
triangle
Interpolation of bold line joint
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
94
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
9 DISPLAY LIST
9.1
Overview
Display list is a set of display list commands, parameters and pattern data. All display list commands
stored in a display list are executed consequently.
The display list is transferred to the display list FIFO by one of the following methods:
• Write to display FIFO by CPU
• Transfer from main memory to display FIFO by external DMA
• Transfer from graphics memory to display FIFO by register setting
Display list Command-1
Data 1-1
Data 1-2
Data 1-3
Display list Command-2
Data 2-1
Data 2-2
Data 2-3
⋅⋅⋅
Display List
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
95
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
9.1.1 Header format
The format of the display list header is shown below.
Format List
Format
Format 1
Format 2
Format 3
Format 4
Format 5
Format 6
Format 7
Format 8
Format 9
Format 10
31
24 23
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Format 11
16 15
0
Reserved
Count
Reserved
Reserved
Command
Command
Command
Command
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Address
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Count
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Count
Reserved
Vertex
Flag
Vertex
Vertex
Flag Vertex
Flag
Count
Description of Each Field
Type
Command
Count
Address
Vertex
Flag
Display list type
Command
Count of data excluding header
Address value used at data transfer
Vertex number
Attribute flag peculiar to display list command
Vertex Number Specified in Vertex Code
Vertex
00
01
10
11
Vertex number (Line)
V0
V1
Setting prohibited
Setting prohibited
Vertex number (Triangle)
V0
V1
V2
Setting prohibited
9.1.2 Parameter format
The parameter format of the geometry command depends on the value set in the D field of GMDR0.
When the D field is “00”, all parameters are handled in the floating-point format. When the D field is “01”,
colors are handled as the packed RGB format, and others are handled as the fixed-point format. When
the D field is “11”, XY is handled as the packed integer format, colors are handled as the packed RGB
format, and others are handled as the fixed-point format.
In the following text, the floating-point format is suffixed by .float, the fixed point format is suffixed
by .fixed, and the integer format is suffixed by .int. Set GMDR0 properly to match parameter
suffixes.
Rendering command parameters conform to the MB86290A data format.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
96
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
9.2
Geometry Commands
9.2.1 Geometry command list
CORAL geometry commands and each command code are shown in the table below.
Type
G_Nop
G_Begin
G_BeginCont
G_BeginE
Command

See Geometry
command code table.
Description
No operation
Specifies primitive type and pre-processes

Specifies primitive type (vertex processing in same
mode as previous mode)
See Geometry
command code table.
Specifies primitive type and pre-processes
This command is used at execution of the CORAL
extended function.
Specifies primitive type (vertex processing in same
mode as previous mode)
This command is used at execution of the CORAL
extended function.
G_BeginECont

G_End

G_EndE

Ends primitive
This com mand is used at execution of G_Begin or
G_BeginCont
Ends primitive
This command is used at execution of G_BeginE or
G_BeginECont.
G_Vertex

Sets vertex parameter and draws
G_VertexLOG

Sets vertex parameter and draws
Outputs device coordinates
G_VertexNopLOG

Only outputs device coordinates
G_Init

Initialize geometry engine
G_Viewport

Scale to screen coordinates (X, Y) and set origin offset
G_DepthRange

Scale to screen coordinates (Z) and set origin offset
G_LoadMatirix

Load geom etric transformation matrix
G_ViewVolumeXYClip

Set boundary value (X, Y) of view volume clip
G_ViewVolumeZClip

Set boundary value (Z) of view volume clip
G_ViewVolumeWClip

Set boundary value (W) of view volume clip
OverlapXYOfft
See Command table.
Sets XY offset at shading
OverlapZOfft
See Command table.
Sets Z offset of shade primitive; sets Z offset of edge
primitive; sets Z offset of interpolation primitive at 2D
drawing with top-left non-applicable
DC_LogOutAddr

SetModeRegister
See Command table.
Sets drawing extended mode register
SetGModeRegister
See Command table.
Sets geometry extended mode register
SetColorRegister
See Command table.
Sets body color, shade color, and edge color
Sets starting address of device coordinates output
SetLVertex2i

Pass through high-speed 2DLine drawing register
SetLVertex2iP

Pass through high-speed 2DLine drawing register
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
97
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Type code table
Type
G_Nop
G_Begin
G_BeginCont
G_End
G_Vertex
G_VertexLOG
G_VertexNopLOG
G_Init
G_Viewport
G_DepthRange
G_LoadMatirix
G_ViewVolumeXYClip
G_ViewVolumeZClip
G_ViewVolumeWClip
SetLVertex2i
SetLVertex2iP
SetModeRegister
SetGModeRegister
OverlapXY0fft
OverlapZ0fft
DC_LogOutAddr
SetColorRegister
G_BeginE
G_BeginContE
G_EndE
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Code
0010_0000
0010_0001
0010_0010
0010_0011
0011_0000
0011_0010
0011_0011
0100_0000
0100_0001
0100_0010
0100_0011
0100_0100
0100_0101
0100_0110
0111_0010
0111_0011
1100_0000
1100_0001
1100_1000
1100_1001
1100_1100
1100_1110
1110_0001
1110_0010
1110_0011
98
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Geometry command code table
(1) Integer setup type
In setup processing, “XY” is calculated in the integer format and other parameters are calculated in the
floating-point format.
Command
Points.int
Lines.int
Polygon.int
Triangles.int
Line_Strip.int
Triangle_Strip.int
Triangle_Fan.int
Code
0001_0000
0001_0001
0001_0010
0001_0011
0001_0101
0001_0111
0001_1000
(2) “Unclipped” integer setup type
This command does not clip the view volume.
Only “XY” is enabled as the input parameter.
In setup processing, “XY” is calculated in the integer format.
The screen projection (GMDR0[0]=1) performed using this command is not assured.
Command
nclip_Points.int
nclip_Lines.int
nclip_Polygon.int
nclip_Triangles.int
nclip_Line_Strip.int
nclip_Triangle_Strip.int
nclip_Triangle_Fan.int
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Code
0011_0000
0011_0001
0011_0010
0011_0011
0011_0101
0011_0111
0011_1000
99
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
9.2.2 Explanation of geometry commands
G_Nop (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_Nop
16 15
Reserved
0
Reserved
No operation
G_Init (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_Init
16 15
Reserved
0
Reserved
The G_ Init command initializes geometry engine. Execute this command before processing.
G_End (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_End
16 15
Reserved
0
Reserved
The G_End command ends one primitive. The G_Vertex command must be specified between the
G_Begin or G_BeginCont command and G_End command.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
100
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
G_Begin (Format 5)
31
24 23
16 15
G_Begin
0
Command
Reserved
The G_Begin command sets types of primitive for geometry processing and drawing. A vertex is set
and drawn by the G_Vertex command. The G_Vertex command must be specified between the
G_Begin or G_BeginCont command and G_End command.
Command:
Points*
Handles primitive as point
Lines*
Handles primitive as independent line
Polygon*
Handles primitive as polygon
Triangles*
Handles primitive as independent triangle
Line_Strip*
Handles primitive as line strip
Triangle_Strip*
Handles primitive as triangle strip
Triangle_Fan*
Handles primitive as triangle fan
Usable combinations of GMDR0 mode setting and primitives are as follows:
Unclipped primitives (nclip*)
(ST,Z,C)
Point
Line
Triangle
Polygon
(0,0,0)
¡
¡
¡
¡
×
Other than above
×
×
×
Primitives other than unclipped primitives
(ST,Z,C)
Point
Line
Triangle
Polygon(*2)
(0,0,0)
¡
¡
¡
× (*3)
×
×
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
×
(0,0,1)
(0,1,0)
(0,1,1)
(1,x,x)
×
×
×
×
¡
×
¡ (*1)
*1: Shading is not assured.
*2:
In case of drawing polygon with Z,ST=1, the algorithm is approximate calculation. The
triangle algorithm is more accurate.
*3:
Please use a geometry lines which coordinates set to same value. And set
GMDR1/GMDR1E to "End point drawn" and set MDR1 to "Z compare enable", "solid", "1
pixel line width".
G_BeginCont (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_BeginCont
16 15
Reserved
0
Reserved
When the primitive type set by the G_Begin command the last time and drawing mode are not
changed, the G_BeginCont command is used instead of the G_Begin command. The G_BeginCont
command is processed faster than the G_Begin command.
The packet that can be set between the G_End packet set just before and the G_BeginCont packet is
only ‘foreground color setting by the SetRegister packet.’ The G_Vertex command must be specified
between the G_Begin or G_BeginCont command and G_End command. No primitive type need be
specified in the G_BeginCont command.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
101
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
G_BeginE (Format 5)
31
24 23
16 15
G_Begin
0
Command
Reserved
This is the extended G_Begin command.
When using the following functions, this command must be executed instead of G_Begin.
• Mode register
MDR1S/MDR1B/MDR1TL/MDR2S/MDR2TL/GMDR1E/GMDR2E
• Log output of device coordinates
G_VertexLOG/G_VertexNopLOG
The G_BeginE command sets types of primitive for geometry processing and drawing. Vertex
setting/drawing using the above extended function is performed using the G_Vertex* command. The
G_Vertex* command must be set between the G_BeginE command (or the G_BeginECont
command) and the G_EndE command.
Command:
Points*
Handles primitive as point
Lines*
Handles primitive as independent line
Interpolation of the joint and broken line pattern is not supported.
Polygon*
Handles primitive as polygon
Triangles*
Handles primitive as independent triangle
Line_Strip*
Handles primitive as line strip
Triangle_Strip*
Handles primitive as triangle strip
Triangle_Fan*
Handles primitive as triangle fan
Usable combinations of GMDR0 mode setting and primitives are as follows:
Unclipped primitives (nclip*)
(ST,Z,C)
Point
Line
Triangle
Polygon
(0,0,0)
¡
¡
¡
¡
Other than above
×
×
×
×
Primitives other than unclipped primitives
(ST,Z,C)
Point
Line
Triangle
Polygon
(0,0,0)
¡
(0,1,0)
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
¡
(0,0,1)
×
¡
(0,1,1)
(1,x,x)
×
×
×
×
×
*1: Shading is not assured.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
102
×
¡
×
¡ (*1)
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
G_BeginECont (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_BeginCont
16 15
Reserved
0
Reserved
When the primitive type set by the G_BeginE command the last time and drawing mode are not
changed, the G_BeginECont command is used instead of the G_BeginE command.
The
G_BeginECont command is processed faster than the G_BeginE command.
The packet that can be set between the G_End packet set just before and the G_BeginCont packet is
only ‘foreground color setting by the SetRegister packet.’ The G_Vertex command must be specified
between the G_Begin or G_BeginCont command and G_End command. No primitive type need be
specified in the G_BeginCont command.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
103
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
G_Vertex/G_VertexLOG/G_VertexNopLOG (Format 1)
When data format is floating-point format
31
24 23
G_Vertex
16 15
0
Reserved
Reserved
X.float
Y.float
Z.float
R.float
G.float
B.float
S.float
T.float
When data format is fixed-point format
31
24 23
G_Vertex
16 15
0
Reserved
Reserved
X.fixed
Y.fixed
Z.fixed
R.int
G.int
B.int
S.fixed
T.fixed
When data format is packed integer format
31
24 23
G_Vertex
16 15
0
Reserved
Reserved
X.int
Y.int
Z.fixed
R.ing
G.int
B.int
S.fixed
T.fixed
The G_Vertex command sets vertex parameters and processes and draws the geometry of the primitive
specified by the G_Begin* command. Note the following when using this command:
• Required parameters depend on the setting of the GMDR0 register. Proper values must be set as the
mode values of the MDR0 to MDR4 registers to be finally reflected at drawing. That is, when “Z”
comparison is made (ZC bit of MDR1 or MDR2 = 1), the Z bit of the GMDR0 register must be set to 1.
When Gouraud shading is performed (SM bit of MDR2 = 1), the C bit of the GMDR0 register must be set
to 1. When texture mapping is performed (TT bits of MDR2 = 10), the ST bit of the GMDR0 register
must be set to 1.
• When the Z bit of the GMDR0 register is 0, input “Z” (Zoc) is treated as “0”.
• Use values normalized to 0 and 1 as texture coordinates (S, T).
• When the color RGB is floating-point format, use values normalized to 0 and 1 as the 8-bit color value.
For the packed RGB, use the 8-bit color value directly.
• The GMDR1 register is valid only for line drawing; it is ignored in primitives other than line.
• The GMDR2 register matters only when a triangle (excluding a polygon) is drawn. At primitives other
than triangle, set “0”.
• The use of both G_BeginE(G_BeginEcont) to G_EndE, and G_VertexLOG/NopLOG is not assured.
• G_VertexNopLOG, except for the primitive as point is not assured.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
104
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
• A vertex data is processed at every time. For example, the Coral draws interpolation of bold line joint,
edging line, shadows at every vertices.
G_Viewport (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_Viewport
16 15
Reserved
X_Scaling.float/fixed
X_Offset.float/fixed
Y_Scaling.float/fixed
Y_Offset.float/fixed
0
Reserved
The G_Viewport command sets the “X,Y” scale/offset value used when normalized device coordinates
(NDC) is transformed into device coordinates (DC).
G_DepthRange (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_DepthRange
16 15
Reserved
Z_Scaling.float/fixed
Z_Offset.float/fixed
0
Reserved
The G_DepthRange command sets the “Z” scale/offset value used when an NDC is transformed into a
DC.
G_LoadMatrix (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_LoadMatrix
16 15
Reserved
Matrix_a0.float/fixed
Matrix_a1.float/fixed
Matrix_a2.float/fixed
Matrix_a3.float/fixed
Matrix_b0.float/fixed
Matrix_b1.float/fixed
Matrix_b2.float/fixed
Matrix_b3.float/fixed
Matrix_c0.float/fixed
Matrix_c1.float/fixed
Matrix_c2.float/fixed
Matrix_c3.float/fixed
Matrix_d0.float/fixed
Matrix_d1.float/fixed
Matrix_d2.float/fixed
Matrix_d3.float/fixed
0
Reserved
The G_LoadMatrix command sets the transformation matrix used when object coordinates (OC) is
transformed into clip coordinates (CC).
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
105
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
G_ViewVolumeXYClip (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_ViewVolumeXYClip
16 15
Reserved
XMIN.float/fixed
XMAX.float/fixed
YMIN.float/fixed
YMAX.float/fixed
0
Reserved
The G_ViewVolumeXYClip command sets the X,Y coordinates of the clip boundary value in view
volume clipping.
G_ViewVolumeZClip (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_ViewVolumeZClip
16 15
Reserved
ZMIN.float/fixed
ZMAX.float/fixed
0
Reserved
The G_ViewVolumeZClip command sets the Z coordinates of the clip boundary value in view volume
clipping.
G_ViewVolumeWClip (Format 1)
31
24 23
G_ViewVolumeWClip
16 15
Reserved
WMIN.float/fixed
0
Reserved
The G_ViewVolumeWClip command sets the W coordinates of the clip boundary value in view
volume clipping (minimum value only).
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
106
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
OverlapXYOfft (Format5)
31
24 23
OverlapXYOfft
16 15
0
Command
Reserved
X Offset
Y Offset
The OverlapXYOfft command sets the XY offset of the shade primitive relative to the body primitive at
shading drawing. Shadow shape is same as body.
Command:
Command
Code
Explanation
ShadowXY
0000_0000
ShadowXY command sets the XY offset of the shade
primitive relative to the body primitive.
ShadowXYcompsition
0000_0001
ShadowXYcomposition command sets the XY offset of
the shade synthetic primitive relative to the body
primitive.
It command synthesizes a shade from the relationship
between the XY offset set using ShadowXY and this
XY offset. This command is enabled for only lines.
OverlapZOfft (Format5)
31
24 23
OverlapZOfft
16 15
0
Command
Reserved
Z Offset
don’t care
Note: When MDR0 ZP = 1, only lower 8 bits are enabled.
31
24 23
OverlapZOfft
S_Z Offset
16 15
Packed_ONBS
B_Z Offset
0
Reserved
N_Z Offset
O_Z Offset
The OverlapZOfft command sets the Z offset of the shade primitive relative to the body primitive, sets
the Z-offset of the edge primitive relative to the body primitive, and sets the Z offset of the interpolation
primitive relative to the body primitive, with the top-left rule non-applicable in effect.
At this time, the following relationship must be satisfied when, for example, GREATER is specified for
the Z value comparison mode:
Body primitive > Top-left rule non-applicable interpolation primitive
> Edge primitive > Shade primitive
Command:
Command
Code
Explanation
Origin
0000_0000
Origin command sets the Z offset of the body primitive.
When drawing one primitive below the other primitive (for
example, when drawing a solid intersection), this Z offset is
changed. When drawing an ordinary intersection, set the
same Z offset as other primitives.
NonTopLeft
0000_0001
NonTopLeft command sets the Z offset of the interpolation
primitive, with the top-left non-applicable.
Border
0000_0010
Border command sets the Z offset of the edge primitive.
Shadow
0000_0011
Shadow command sets the Z offset of the shade primitive.
Packed_ONBS
0000_0111
Packed_ONBS command sets the above four types of Z
offsets.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
107
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DC_LogOutAddr (Format5)
31
24 23
OverlapXYOfft
000000
16 15
0
Command
Reserved
LogOutAddr
The DC_LogOutAddr command sets the starting address of the log output destination of the device coordinates.
SetModeRegister (Format5)
31
24 23
SetModeRegister
16 15
Command
0
Reserved
MDR1*/MDR2*
The SetModeRegister command sets the mode register for shade primitive, for edge primitive, and for top-left
non-applicable primitive. At drawing of these primitives, also set the mode register (MDR1/MDR2) for the body
primitive, using this packet.
Command:
Command
Code
Explanation
MDR1
0000_0000
MDR1 command sets MDR1 for the body primitive.
MDR1S
0000_0010
MDR1S command sets MDR1 for the shade primitive.
MDR1B
0000_0100
MDR1B command sets MDR1 for the edge primitive.
MDR2
0000_0001
MDR2 command sets MDR2 for the body primitive.
MDR2S
0000_0011
MDR2S command sets MDR2 for the shade primitive.
MDR2LT
0000_0111
MDR2LT command sets MDR2 for the top-left non-applicable primitive.
SetGModeRegister (Format5)
31
24 23
SetGModeRegister
16 15
Command
GMDR1E/GMDR2E
0
Reserved
The SetGModeRegister command sets the geometry extended mode register.
Command:
Command
Code
Explanation
GMDR1E
0001_0000
GMDR1E command sets GMDR1E and at the same time, updates
GMDR1.
GMDR2E
0010_0000
GMDR2E command sets GMDR2E and at the same time, updates
GMDR2.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
108
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
SetColorRegister (Format5)
31
24 23
SetColorRegister
16 15
Command
0
Reserved
FGC8/16/24
The SetColorRegister command sets the foreground color and background color of the body primitive, shade
primitive, and edge primitive.
Commands:
Command
Code
Explanation
ForeColor
0000_0000
ForeColor command sets the foreground color for the body
primitive.
BackColor
0000_0001
BackColor command sets the background color for the body
primitive.
ForeColorShadow
0000_0010
ForeColorShadow command sets the foreground color for the
shade primitive.
BackColorShadow
0000_0011
BackColorShadow command sets the background color for the
shade primitive.
ForeColorBorder
0000_0100
ForeColorBorder command sets the foreground color for the
edge primitive.
BackColorBorder
0000_0101
BackColorBorder command sets the background color for the
edge primitive.
SetRegister (Format 2)
31
24 23
SetRegister
16 15
Count
0
Address
(Val 0)
(Val 1)
…
(Val n)
The SetRegister command is upper compatible with CREMSON SetRegister. It can specify the address of a
register in the geometry engine.
SetLVertex2i (Format 1)
31
24 23
SetLVertex2i
16 15
Reserved
0
Reserved
LX0dc
LY0dc
The SetLVertex2i command issues the SetRegister_LXOdc/LYOdc command (MB86290A command to set
starting vertex at line drawing) in the geometry FIFO interface. This performs processing faster than when the
SetRegister_LXOdc/LYOdc command is input directly to the geometry FIFO.
SetLVertex2iP (Format 1)
31
24 23
SetLVertex2iP
16 15
Reserved
LY0dc
The SetLVertex2iP command supports packed XY of SetLVertex21.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
109
0
Reserved
LX0dc
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
9.3
Rendering Command
9.3.1 Command list
The following table lists CORAL rendering commands and their command codes.
Type
Command
Description
Nop

No operation
Interrupt

Interrupt request to host CPU
Sync

Synchronization with events
SetRegister

Sets data to register
Normal
SetVertex2i
Sets data to high-speed 2DTriangle vertex register
Initializes border rectangle calculation of multiple
vertices random shape
PolygonBegin
PolygonEnd
Clears polygon flag after drawing polygon
Flush_FB/Z
Flushes drawing pipelines
DrawPixel
Pixel
Draws point
DrawPixelZ
PixelZ
Draws point with Z
Xvector
Draws line (principal axis X)
Yvector
Draws line (principal axis Y)
AntiXvector
Draws line with anti-alias option (principal axis X)
AntiYvector
Draws line with anti-alias option (principal axis Y)
ZeroVector
Draws high-speed 2DLine (with vertex 0 as starting
point)
OneVector
Draws high-speed 2DLine (with vertex 1 as starting
point)
TrapRight
Draws right triangle
TrapLeft
Draws left triangle
TriangleFan
Draws high-speed 2DTriangle
FlagTriangleFan
Draws high-speed 2DTriangle for multiple vertices
random shape
BltFill
Draws rectangle with single color
ClearPolyFlag
Clears polygon flag buffer
BltDraw
Draws Blt (16-bit)
Bitmap
Draws binary bit map (character)
BltDraw
Draws Blt (32-bit)
TopLeft
Blt transfer from top left coordinates
TopRight
Blt transfer from top right coordinates
BottomLeft
Blt transfer from bottom left coordinates
BottomRight
Blt transfer from bottom right coordinates
LoadTexture
Loads texture pattern
LoadTILE
Loads tile pattern
LoadTexture
Loads texture pattern from local memory
LoadTILE
Loads tile pattern from local memory
Draw
DrawLine
DrawLine2i
DrawLine2iP
DrawTrap
DrawVertex2i
DrawVertex2iP
DrawRectP
DrawBitmapP
DrawBitmapLargeP
BltCopyP
BltCopyAlternateP
LoadTextureP
BltTextureP
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
110
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
BltCopyAltAlphaBlendP
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Alpha blending is supported (see the alpha map).
BltCopyAlternateP

111
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Type Code Table
Type
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Code
DrawPixel
0000_0000
DrawPixelZ
0000_0001
DrawLine
0000_0010
DrawLine2i
0000_0011
DrawLine2iP
0000_0100
DrawTrap
0000_0101
DrawVertex2i
0000_0110
DrawVertex2iP
0000_0111
DrawRectP
0000_1001
DrawBitmapP
0000_1011
BitCopyP
0000_1101
BitCopyAlternateP
0000_1111
LoadTextureP
0001_0001
BltTextureP
0001_0011
BltCopyAltAlphaBlendP
0001_1111
SetVertex2i
0111_0000
SetVertex2iP
0111_0001
Draw
1111_0000
SetRegister
1111_0001
Sync
1111_1100
Interrupt
1111_1101
Nop
1111_1111
112
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Command Code Table (1)
Command
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Code
Pixel
000_00000
PixelZ
000_00001
Xvector
001_00000
Yvector
001_00001
XvectorNoEnd
001_00010
YvectorNoEnd
001_00011
XvectorBlpClear
001_00100
YvectorBlpClear
001_00101
XvectorNoEndBlpClear
001_00110
YvectorNoEndBlpClear
001_00111
AntiXvector
001_01000
AntiYvector
001_01001
AntiXvectorNoEnd
001_01010
AntiYvectorNoEnd
001_01011
AntiXvectorBlpClear
001_01100
AntiYvectorBlpClear
001_01101
AntiXvectorNoEndBlpClear
001_01110
AntiYvectorNoEndBlpClear
001_01111
ZeroVector
001_10000
Onevector
001_10001
ZeroVectorNoEnd
001_10010
OnevectorNoEnd
001_10011
ZeroVectorBlpClear
001_10100
OnevectorBlpClear
001_10101
ZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear
001_10110
OnevectorNoEndBlpClear
001_10111
AntiZeroVector
001_11000
AntiOnevector
001_11001
AntiZeroVectorNoEnd
001_11010
AntiOnevectorNoEnd
001_11011
AntiZeroVectorBlpClear
001_11100
AntiOnevectorBlpClear
001_11101
AntiZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear
001_11110
AntiOnevectorNoEndBlpClear
001_11111
113
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Command Code Table (2)
Command
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Code
BltFill
010_00001
BltDraw
010_00010
Bitmap
010_00011
TopLeft
010_00100
TopRight
010_00101
BottomLeft
010_00110
BottomRight
010_00111
LoadTexture
010_01000
LoadTILE
010_01001
TrapRight
011_00000
TrapLeft
011_00001
TriangleFan
011_00010
FlagTriangleFan
011_00011
Flush_FB
110_00001
Flush_Z
110_00010
PolygonBegin
111_00000
PolygonEnd
111_00001
ClearPolyFlag
111_00010
Normal
111_11111
114
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
9.3.2 Details of rendering commands
All parameters belonging to their command are stored in relevant registers.
parameter is explained in the section of each command.
The definition of each
Nop (Format1)
31
24 23
Nop
16 15
0
Reserved
Reserved
No operation
Interrupt (Format1)
31
24 23
Interrupt
16 15
0
Res erved
Reserved
The Interrupt command generates interrupt request to host CPU.
Sync (Format9)
31
24 23
Sleep
16 15
Reserved
4
Reserved
0
flag
The Sync command suspends all subsequent display list processing until event set in flag detected.
Flag:
Bit number
4
Bit field name Reserved
Bit 0
3
Reserved
VBLANK
VBLANK Synchronization
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
No operation
1
Wait for VSYNC detection
115
2
Reserved
1
Reserved
0
VBLANK
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
SetRegister (Format2)
31
24 23
SetRegister
16 15
Count
0
Address
(Val 0)
(Val 1)
⋅⋅⋅
(Val n)
The SetRegister command sets data to sequential registers.
Count:
Data word count (in double-word unit)
Address:
Register address
Set the value of the address for SetRegister given in the register list.
When transferring two or more data, set the starting register address.
SetVertex2i (Format8)
31
24 23
SetVertex2i
16 15
Command
4 3 2 1 0
Reserved
flag
vertex
Xdc
Ydc
The SetVertex2i command sets vertices data for high-speed 2DLine or high-speed 2DTriangle to
registers.
Commands:
Normal
Sets vertex data (X, Y).
PolygonBegin
Starts calculation of circumscribed rectangle for random shape to be
drawn. Calculate vertices of rectangle including all vertices of
random shape d efined between PolygonBegin and PolygonEnd.
Flag: Not used
SetVertex2iP (Format8)
31
24 23
SetVertex2i
16 15
Command
4 3 2 1 0
Reserved
Ydc
flag
vertex
Xdc
The SetVertex2iP command sets vertices data for high-speed 2DLine or high-speed 2DTriangle to
registers.
Only the integer (packed format) can be used to specify these vertices.
Commands:
Normal
Sets vertices data.
PolygonBegin
Starts calculation of circumscribed rectangle of random shape to be
drawn. Calculate vertices of rectangle including all vertices of
random shape defined between PolygonBegin and PolygonEnd.
Flag: Not used
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
116
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Draw (Format5)
31
24 23
Draw
16 15
Command
0
Reserved
The Draw command executes drawing command.
execution must be set at their appropriate registers.
All parameters required for drawing command
Commands:
PolygonEnd
Draws polygon end.
Fills random shape with color according to flags generated by
FlagTriangleFan command and information of circumscribed rectangle
generated by PolygonBegin command.
Flush_FB
Flushes drawing data in the drawing pipeline into the graphics memory.
Place this command at the end of the display list.
Flush_Z
Flushes Z value data in the drawing pipeline into the graphics memory.
When using the Z buffer, place this command together with the Flush_FB
command at the end of the display list.
DrawPixel (Format5)
31
24 23
DeawPixel
16 15
Command
0
Reserved
PXs
PYs
The DrawPixel command draws pixel.
Command:
Pixel
Draws pixel without Z value.
DrawPixelZ (Format5)
31
24 23
DeawPixel
16 15
Command
PXs
PYs
PZs
The DrawPixelZ command draws pixel with Z value.
Command:
PixelZ
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Draws pixel with Z value.
117
0
Reserved
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DrawLine (Format5)
31
24 23
DrawLine
16 15
Command
0
Reserved
LPN
LXs
LXde
LYs
LYde
The DrawLine command draws line.
registers.
It starts drawing after setting all parameters at line draw
Commands:
Xvector
Draws line (principal axis X).
Yvector
Draws line (principal axis Y).
XvectorNoEnd
Draws line (principal axis X, and without end point drawing).
YvectorNoEnd
Draws line (principal axis Y, and without end point drawing).
XvectorBlpClear
Draws line (principal axis X, and prior to drawing, broken line
pattern reference position cleared).
YvectorBlpClear
Draws line (principal axis Y, and prior to drawing, broken line
pattern reference position cleared).
XvectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws line (principal axis X, without end point drawing and prior
to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared).
YvectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws line (principal axis Y, without end point drawing and prior
to drawing, broken line pattern reference position cleared).
AntiXvector
Draws anti-alias line (principal axis X).
AntiYvector
Draws anti-alias line (principal axis Y).
AntiXvectorNoEnd
Draws anti-alias line (principal axis X, and without end point
drawing).
AntiYvectorNoEnd
Draws anti-alias line (principal axis Y, and without end point
drawing).
AntiXvectorBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line (principal axis X and prior to drawing,
broken line pattern reference position cleared).
AntiYvectorBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line (principal axis Y and prior to drawing,
broken line pattern reference position cleared).
AntiXvectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line (principal axis X, without end point drawing
and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position
cleared).
AntiYvectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line (principal axis Y, without end point drawing
and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position
cleared).
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
118
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DrawLine2i (Format7)
31
24 23
DrawLine2i
16 15
Command
LFXs
LFYs
0
Reserved
0
0
vertex
The DrawLine2i command draws high-speed 2DLine. It starts drawing after setting parameters at the
high-speed 2DLine drawing registers. Integer data can only be used for coordinates.
Commands:
ZeroVector
Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1.
OneVector
Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0.
ZeroVectorNoEnd
Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (without drawing end
point).
OneVectorNoEnd
Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (without drawing end
point).
ZeroVectorBlpClear
Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X, and
prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position
cleared).
OneVectorBlpClear
Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y, and
prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position
cleared).
ZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X, without
end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern
reference position cleared).
OneVectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y, without
end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern
reference position cleared).
AntiZeroVector
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1.
AntiOneVector
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0.
AntiZeroVectorNoEnd
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (without end
point).
AntiOneVectorNoEnd
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (without end
point).
AntiZeroVectorBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis
X and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position
cleared).
AntiOneVectorBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis
Y and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position
cleared).
AntiZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis
X, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line
pattern reference position cleared).
AntiOneVectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis
Y, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line
pattern reference position cleared).
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
119
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DrawLine2iP (Format7)
31
24 23
DrawLine2iP
16 15
Command
LFYs
0
Reserved
LFXs
vertex
The DrawLine2iP command draws high-speed 2DLine. It starts drawing after setting parameters at
high-speed 2DLine drawing registers. Only packed integer data can be used for coordinates.
Commands:
ZeroVector
Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1.
OneVector
Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0.
ZeroVectorNoEnd
Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (without drawing end
point).
OneVectorNoEnd
Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (without drawing end
point).
ZeroVectorBlpClear
Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X, and
prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position
cleared).
OneVectorBlpClear
Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y, and
prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position
cleared).
ZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis X, without
end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern
reference position cleared).
OneVectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis Y, without
end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken line pattern
reference position cleared).
AntiZeroVector
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1.
AntiOneVector
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0.
AntiZeroVectorNoEnd
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (without end
point).
AntiOneVectorNoEnd
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (without end
point).
AntiZeroVectorBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis
X and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position
cleared).
AntiOneVectorBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis
Y and prior to drawing, broken line pattern reference position
cleared).
AntiZeroVectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 0 to vertex 1 (principal axis
X, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken
line pattern reference position cleared).
AntiOneVectorNoEndBlpClear
Draws anti-alias line from vertex 1 to vertex 0 (principal axis
Y, without end point drawing and prior to drawing, broken
line pattern reference position cleared).
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
120
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DrawTrap (Format5)
31
24 23
DrawTrap
16 15
0
Command
Reserved
0
Ys
Xs
DXdy
XUs
DXUdy
XLs
DXLdy
USN
LSN
0
0
The DrawTrap command draws Triangle. It starts drawing after setting parameters at the Triangle
Drawing registers (coordinates).
Commands:
TrapRight
Draws right triangle.
TrapLeft
Draws left triangle.
DrawVertex2i (Format7)
31
24 23
DrawVertex2i
16 15
Command
0
Reserved
0
0
Xdc
Ydc
vertex
The DrawVertex2i command draws high-speed 2DTriangle
It starts triangle drawing after setting parameters at 2DTriangle Drawing registers.
Commands:
TriangleFan
Draws high-speed 2DTriangle.
FlagTriangleFan
Draws high-speed 2DTriangle for polygon drawing in the flag buffer.
DrawVertex2iP (Format7)
31
24 23
DrawVertex2iP
16 15
Com mand
Ydc
0
Reserved
Xdc
vertex
The DrawVertex2iP command draws high-speed 2DTriangle
It starts drawing after setting parameters at 2DTriangle Drawing registers
Only the packed integer format can be used for vertex coordinates.
Commands:
TriangleFan
Draw high-speed 2DTriangle.
FlagTriangleFan
Draws high-speed 2DTriangle for polygon drawing in the flag buffer.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
121
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DrawRectP (Format5)
31
24 23
DrawRectP
16 15
Command
RYs
RsizeY
The DrawRectP command fills rectangle.
parameters at the rectangle registers.
0
Reserved
RXs
RsizeX
The rectangle is filled with the current color after setting
Commands:
BltFill
Fills rectangle with current color (single).
ClearPolyFlag
Fills polygon drawing flag buffer area with 0.
frame is defined in RsizeX,Y.
The size of drawing
DrawBitmapP (Format6)
31
24 23
DrawBitmapP
16 15
Command
0
Count
RXs
RsizeX
RYs
RsizeY
(Pattern 0)
(Pattern 1)
⋅⋅⋅
(Pattern n)
The DrawBitmapP command draws rectangle patterns.
Commands:
BltDraw
Draws rectangle of 8 bits/pixel or 16 bits/pixel.
DrawBitmap
Draws binary bitmap character pattern. Bit 0 is drawn in transparent
or background color, and bit 1 is drawn in foreground color.
DrawBitmapLargeP (Format11)
31
24 23
DrawBitmapLargeP
16 15
Command
0
Reserved
Count
Rys
RsizeY
Rxs
RsizeX
(Pattern 0)
(Pattern 1)
⋅⋅⋅
(Pattern n)
The DrawBitmapP command draws rectangle patterns.
The parameter(count field) could be used up to 32-bit(*1) unlike DrawBitmapP.
(*1: The data format of counter field is signed long. Thus actually it is possible to use up to 31-bit.)
Commands:
BltDraw
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Draws rectangle of 8 bits/pixel or 16 bits/pixel.
122
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
BltCopyP (Format5)
31
24 23
BltCopyP
16 15
Command
0
Res erved
SRXs
DRXs
BRsizeX
SRYs
DRYs
BRsizeY
The BltCopyP command copies rectangle pattern within drawing frame.
Commands:
TopLeft
Starts BitBlt transfer from top left coordinates.
TopRight
Starts BitBlt transfer from top right coordinates.
BottomLeft
Starts BitBlt transfer from bottom left coordinates.
BottomRight
Starts BitBlt transfer from bottom right coordinates.
BltCopyAlternateP (Format5)
31
24 23
BltCopyAlternateP
16 15
Command
0
Reserved
SADDR
SStride
SRYs
SRXs
DADDR
DStride
DRYs
BRsizeY
DRXs
BRsizeX
The BltCopyAlternateP command copies rectangle between two separate drawing frames.
Command:
TopLeft
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Starts BitBlt transfer from top left coordinates.
123
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
BltCopyAltAlphaBlendP (Format5)
31
24 23
BltCopyAlternateP
16 15
Command
0
Reserved
SADDR
SStride
SRYs
SRXs
BlendStride
BlendRYs
DRYs
BRsizeY
BlendRXs
DRXs
BRsizeX
The BltCopyAltAlphaBlendP command performs alpha blending for the source (specified using
SADDR, SStride, SRXs, SRXy) and the alpha map (specified using ABR (alpha base address),
BlendStride, BlendRXs, BlendRYs) and then copies the result of the alpha blending to the destination
(specified using FBR (frame buffer base address), XRES (X resolution), DRXs, and DRYs).
Command:
reserved
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Set 0000_0000 to maintain future compatibility.
124
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10
REGISTER
10.1
Register List
10.1.1 Host interface register list
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
DBM
Offset
DAM
Base = HostBase
0
DTC
000
DTC
DTS
LTS
DTS
DST
LTS
008
DW
DSU
DNA
DRM
DRM
DST
004
LSTA
LSTA
010
DRQ
DRQ
018
IST
020
IST
IMASK
024
IMASK
SRST
SRST
02C
COT
CGE
CCF
038
LSA
040
LSA
LCO
044
LCO
LREQ
LREQ
048
RSW
RSW
05C
0f0
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
CID
125
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
CN
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
126
VER
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.1.2 Graphics memory interface register list
Base = HostBase
Offset
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
127
ASW
RTS
SAW
TRAS
LOWD
TRC
TRCD
TRP
TRRD
ID
TWR
MMR
FFFC
CL
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.1.3 Display controller register list
6
5
4
3
2
1
SF
7
ESY
8
008
HDB (H Display Boundary)
SC
SYNC
SYNC
SF
EOD
EOF
EDE
EEQ
DCS
CKS
L0E
SC
HDP (H Display Period)
HSW
HSP (H Sync pulse Position)
010
VTR (V Total Rasters)
014
VDP (V Display Period)
VSP (V Sync pulse Position)
018
WY (Window Y)
WX (Window X)
01C
WH (Window Height)
WW (Window Width)
L0M (L0 Mode)
L0C
020
0
DCEM(Display Control Extend Mode)
L1E
HTP (H Total Pixels)
VSW
9
EEQ
DCS
L0E
CKS
L1E
L45E
L23E
L2E
L3E
L4E
004
00C
10
DCM (Display Control Mode)
DCEE (Display Controller Extend Enable)
L5E
100
DCE (Display Controller Enable)
DEN
000
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
DEN
Offset
ESY
Base = DisplayBase
L0S (L0 Width)
L0H (L0 Height)
024
L0OA (L0 Origin Address)
028
L0DA (L0 Display Address)
02C
L0DY (L0 Display Y)
L0DX (L0 Display X)
L0WP
L0EM (L0 Extend Mode)
110
L0PB
L0EC
114
L0WY (L0 Window Y)
L0WX (L0 Window X)
118
L0WH (L0 Window Height)
L0WW (L0 Window Width)
L1IM
L1CS
L1C
L1M (L1 Mode)
L1YC
030
L1S (L1 Width)
034
L1DA (L1 Display Address)
L1EM (L1 Extend Mode)
120
L1EC
L2M (L2 Mode)
L2C
040
L1PB
L2FLP
L2S (L2 Width)
L2H (L2 Height)
044
L2OA0 (L2 Origin Address 0)
048
L2DA0 (L2 Display Address 0)
04C
L2OA1 (L2 Origin Address 1)
050
L2DA1 (L2 Display Address 1)
054
L2DY (L2 Display Y)
L2DX (L2 Display X)
L2PB
134
L2WY (L2 Window Y)
L2WX (L2 Window X)
138
L2WH (L2 Window Height)
L2WW (L2 Window Width)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
128
L2WP
L2EC
L2OM
L2EM (L2 Extend Mode)
130
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
058
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
L3M (L3 Mode)
L3C
Offset
L3FLP
L3S (L3 Width)
L3H (L3 Height)
05C
L3OA0 (L3 Origin Address 0)
060
L3DA0 (L3 Display Address 0)
064
L3OA1 (L3 Origin Address 1)
068
L3DA1 (L3 Display Address 1)
06C
L3DY (L3 Display Y)
L3DX (L3 Display X)
L3PB
144
L3WY (L3 Window Y)
L3WX (L3 Window X)
148
L3WH (L3 Window Height)
L3WW (L3 Window Width)
L4M (L4 Mode)
L4C
070
L3WP
L3EC
L3OM
L3EM (L3 Extend Mode)
140
L4FLP
L4S (L4 Width)
L4H (L4 Height)
074
L4OA0 (L4 Origin Address 0)
078
L4DA0 (L4 Display Address 0)
07C
L4OA1 (L4 Origin Address 1)
080
L4DA1 (L4 Display Address 1)
084
L4DY (L4 Display Y)
L4DX (L4 Display X)
L4WX (L4 Window X)
158
L4WH (L4 Window Height)
L4WW (L4 Window Width)
L5M (L5 Mode)
L5C
088
L4WP
L4WY (L4 Window Y)
L4OM
154
L5WP
L4EC
L5OM
L4EM (L4 Extend Mode)
150
L5FLP
L5S (L5 Width)
L5H (L5 Height)
08C
L5OA0 (L5 Origin Address 0)
090
L5DA0 (L5 Display Address 0)
094
L5OA1 (L5 Origin Address 1)
098
L5DA1 (L5 Display Address 1)
09C
L5DY (L5 Display Y)
L5X (L5 Display X)
L5EM (L5 Extend Mode)
160
L5EC
164
L5WY (L5 Window Y)
L5WX (L5 Window X)
168
L5WH (L5 Window Height)
L5WW (L5 Window Width)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
129
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Offset
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
6
5
4
3
2
1
CUZT
CUTC
CUOA0 (CUrsor0 Origin Address)
CUY0 (Cursor0 Position Y)
0AC
0B0
CUO0
CUO1
0A4
0A8
7
CUTC (Cursor Transparent Control)
CUE0
CUE1
CPM
0A0
8
CUX0 (Cursor0 Position X)
CUOA1 (CUrsor1 Origin Address)
CUY1 (Cursor1 Position Y)
CUX1 (Cursor1 Position X)
DLS (Display Layer Select)
180
DLS5
DLS4
184
DLS3
DLS2
DLS1
DLS0
DBGC (Display Back Ground Color)
L0BP
L0BI
L0BE
L0BS
L0BLD (L0 Blend)
0B4
L0BR
L1BP
L1BI
L1BE
L1BS
L1BLD (L1 Blend)
188
L1BR
L2BP
L2BI
L2BE
L2BS
L2BLD (L2 Blend)
18C
L2BR
L3BP
L3BI
L3BE
L3BS
L3BLD (L3 Blend)
190
L3BR
L4BP
L4BI
L4BE
L4BS
L4BLD (L4 Blend)
194
L4BR
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
L5BI
L5BE
130
L5BS
L5BLD (L5 Blend)
198
L5BR
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Offset
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
8
7
6
L0ZT
L2TC (L2 Transparent Color)
L3TR (L3 Transparent Color)
L0EZT
L0ETC (L0 Extend Transparent Color)
L1EZT
L1TEC (L1 Transparent Extend Control)
L1ETC (L1 Extend Transparent Color)
L2EZT
L2TEC (L2 Transparent Extend Control)
1A8
L2ETC (L2 Extend Transparent Color)
L3EZT
L3TEC (L3 Transparent Extend Control)
1AC
L3ETC (L3 Extend Transparent Color)
L4EZT
L4ETC (L4 Extend Transparent Control)
1B0
L4ETC (L4 Extend Transparent Color)
L5EZT
L5ETC (L5 Extend Transparent Control)
1B4
3
L0TC (L0 Transparent Color)
L0TEC (L0 Extend Transparency Control)
1A4
4
L3TR (L3 Transparent Control)
L3ZT
L2ZT
L2TR (L2 Transparent Control)
1A0
5
L0TC (L0 Transparent Control)
0BC
0C0
9
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
L5ETC (L5 Extend Transparent Color)
131
2
1
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Offset
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
9
8
7
6
5
4
L0PAL0
400
A
R
404
L0PAL1
:
:
7FC
L0PAL255
G
B
G
B
G
B
G
B
L1PAL0
800
A
R
804
L1PAL1
:
:
BFC
L1PAL255
L2PAL0
1000
A
R
1004
L2PAL1
:
:
13FC
L2PAL255
L3PAL0
1400
A
R
1404
L3PAL1
:
:
17FC
L3PAL255
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
132
3
2
1
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.1.4 Drawing engine register list
The parenthesized value in the Offset field denotes the absolute address used by the SetRegister
command.
Base = DrawBase
Offset
000
(000)
004
(001)
008
(002)
00C
(003)
010
(004)
014
(005)
018
(006)
01C
(007)
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Int
S
Frac
dXUdy
S
S
S
Int
S
Frac
XLs
S
S
S
Int
S
Frac
dXLdy
S
S
S
Int
S
Frac
USN
0
0
0
Int
0
0
LSN
0
0
0
060
(018)
Frac
XUs
0
05C
(017)
Int
S
040
(010)
058
(016)
Frac
dXdy
0
054
(015)
Frac
Int
S
0
050
(014)
7
Xs
0
04C
(013)
Int
S
0
048
(012)
8
Ys
020
(008)
044
(011)
9
Int
0
Rs
0
0
0
0
Int
Frac
dRdx
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Int
Frac
dRdy
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Int
Frac
Gs
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Int
Frac
dGdx
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Int
Frac
dGdy
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Int
Frac
Bs
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Int
Frac
dBdx
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Int
Frac
dBdy
S
S
S
S
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
S
S
S
S
Int
133
Frac
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
0C4
(031)
0C8
(032)
0CC
(033)
0D0
(034)
0D4
(035)
0D8
(036)
0DC
(037)
0E0
(038)
140
(050)
144
(051)
148
(052)
14C
(053)
150
(054)
154
(055)
158
(056)
7
dZdx
Int
S
Frac
dZdy
Int
S
Frac
Ss
S
S
Int
S
Frac
dSdx
S
S
Int
S
Frac
dSdy
S
S
Int
S
Frac
Ts
S
S
Int
S
Frac
dTdx
S
S
Int
S
Frac
dTdy
S
S
Int
S
Frac
Qs
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Frac
dQdx
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Frac
dQdy
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Frac
LPN
0
0
0
Int
0
0
LXs
S
S
S
Int
S
Frac
LXde
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Int
0C0
(030)
8
Frac
Frac
LYs
S
S
S
Int
S
Frac
LYde
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Int
088
(022)
Int
0
INT
084
(021)
9
Zs
INT
080
(020)
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
INT
Offset
Frac
LZs
S
Int
Frac
LZde
S
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Int
Frac
134
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Offset
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
180
(060)
0
0
0
Int
0
0
0
0
Int
0
Int
0
0
0
0
Int
0
0
RYs
0
0
0
Int
0
0
RsizeX
0
0
0
Int
0
0
RsizeY
0
0
0
Int
0
0
SADDR
0
0
0
0
0
0
Address
0
244
(091)
SStride
0
0
0
Int
0
0
248
(092)
SRXs
0
0
0
Int
0
0
24C
(093)
SRYs
0
0
0
Int
0
0
250
(094)
DADDR
0
0
0
0
0
0
Address
0
254
(095)
DStride
0
0
0
Int
0
0
258
(096)
DRXs
0
0
0
Int
0
0
25C
(097)
DRYs
0
0
0
Int
0
0
260
(098)
BRsizeX
0
0
0
Int
0
0
264
(099)
2
RXs
240
(090)
3
0
20C
(083)
4
PZdc
208
(082)
5
0
204
(081)
6
PYdc
200
(080)
7
0
0
188
(062)
8
PXdc
184
(061)
9
BRsizeY
0
0
0
Int
0
0
280
(09A)
TColor
0
Color
28C
PNBPI
(0A3)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
PN
135
1
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
3E0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
BLPO
(0F8)
BCR
FE
FCNT
FF
CE
FE
FD
(100)
NF
CTR
400
SS
DS
PS
FE
NF
(−)
FF
IFSR
404
IFCNT
408
(−)
FCNT
SST
40C
(−)
SS
DS
410
(−)
DS
PST
414
(−)
PS
EST
FD
418
(−)
CE
CF
CX
ZP
(108)
CY
MDR0
420
BSV
BSH
BM
ZCL
LOG
BM
ZCL
ZC
LOG
ZW
LW
ZW
BP
(109)
BL
MDR1/MDR1S/MDR1B
424
ZC
AS
TWT
(10c)
LOG
TE
MDR4
430
BM
LTH
(10f)
136
GG
MDR7
43C
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
TWS
TC
TBL
EZ
BA
TAB
TF
MDR3
42C
(10b)
PTH
TT
PGH
MDR2/MDR2S/MDR2TL
428
(10a)
1
SM
31
PZH
Offse
t
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Offset
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
440
7
6
4
3
XRES
(111)
XRES
448
ZBR
(112)
ZBASE
44C
TBR
(113)
TBASE
450
PFBR
(114)
PFBASE
454
CXMIN
(115)
CLIPXMIN
458
CXMAX
(116)
CLIPXMAX
45C
CYMIN
(117)
CLIPYMIN
460
CYMAX
(118)
CLIPYMAX
464
TXS
TXSN
TXSM
468
TIS
TISN
46C
TISM
TOA
(11b)
XBO
470
SHO
(11C)
SHOFFS
474
ABR
(11D)
ABASE
480
FC
(120)
FGC8/16
484
BC
(121)
BGC8/16
488
ALF
(122)
A
48C
BLP
(123)
494
TBC
(125)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
5
FBASE
444
(11a)
8
FBR
(110)
(119)
9
BC8/16
137
2
1
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Offset
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
0
0
0
0
Int
LY0dc
0
0
0
0
Int
0
LX1dc
548
(152)
0
0
0
0
Int
0
LY1dc
54C
(153)
0
0
0
0
Int
0
X0dc
580
(160)
0
0
0
0
Int
0
Y0dc
584
(161)
0
0
0
0
Int
0
X1dc
588
(162)
0
0
0
0
Int
0
Y1dc
58C
(163)
0
0
0
0
Int
0
X2dc
590
(164)
0
0
0
0
Int
0
Y2dc
594
(165)
7
0
544
(151)
8
LX0dc
540
(150)
9
0
0
0
0
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Int
0
138
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.1.5 Geometry engine register list
The parenthesized value in the Offset field denotes the absolute address used by the SetRegister
command.
Base = GeometryBase
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
9
8
FE
FCNT
FF
FO
(−)
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
GS
SS
PS
F
C
DF
Z
CF
(2010)
ST
GMDR0
040
AA
BO
(2011)
EP
GMDR1
044
AA
EP
FD
CF
CF
(2012)
FD
GMDR2
048
TL
400
DFIFOG
(−)
139
SP
GMDR2E
−
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
BO
SP
BP
TM
BM
UW
BC
TC
LV
GMDR1E
PO
−
7
GCTR
000
NF
Offset
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2
Explanation of Register
Terms appeared in this chapter are explained below:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Register address
Indicates address of register
Bit number
Indicates bit number
Bit field name
Indicates name of each bit field included in register
R/W
Indicates access attribute (read/write) of each field
Each symbol shown in this section denotes the following:
R0
“0” always read at read. Write access is Don’t care.
W0
Only “0” can be written.
R
Read enabled
W
Write enabled
RX
Read enabled (read values undefined)
RW
Read and write enabled
RW0 Read and write 0 enabled
5.
Initial value
Indicates initial value of immediately before the reset of each bit field.
6. Handling of reserved bits
“0” is recommended for the write value so that compatibility can be maintained with future products.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
140
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.1 Host interface registers
DTC (DMA Transfer Count)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 00 H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
DTC
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
DTC is a readable/writable 32-bit register which sets the transfer count in either one long-word (32 bits) or
32 bytes units. When “1h” is set transfer is performed once. However, when “0h” is set, it indicates the
maximum transfer count and 16M (16,777,216) data are transferred. During DMA transfer, the remaining
transfer count is shown, therefore, the register value cannot be overwritten until DMA transfer is
completed.
Note:
This register need not be set in a mode in which Dual DMA ACK is not used, or the V832 mode.
DSU (DMA Set Up)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 04H
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
Bit 0
4
3
2
DAM
RW
0
1
DBM
RW
0
0
DW
RW
0
DW (DMA Word)
Specifies DMA transfer count
Bit 1
Bit 2
0:
1-double word (32 bits) per DMA transfer
1:
8-double words (32 bytes) per DMA transfer (only SH4)
DBM (DMA Bus request Mode)
Selects DREQ mode used in DMA transfer in dual-address mode
0:
DREQ is not negated during DMA transfer irrespective of cycle steal or burst mode.
1:
DREQ is negated irrespective of cycle steal or burst mode when CORAL cannot receive
data (that is, when Ready cannot be returned immediately). When CORAL is ready to
receive data, DREQ is reasserted (When DMA transfer is performed in the single-address
mode, DREQ is controlled automatically).
DAM (DMA Address Mode)
Selects DMA address mode in issuing external request
Bit 3
0:
Dual address mode
1:
Single address mode (SH4 only)
DNA (Dual address No Ack mode)
This bit is selected when using the dual-address-mode DMA that does not use the ACK signal.
0:
Uses dual-address-mode DMA that uses ordinary ACK signal
1:
Uses dual-address-mode DMA that does not use ACK signal
Detection of the DREQ edge is supported; DREQ is negated per transfer. When data
cannot be received irrespective of the Bit1 setting, DREQ continues being negated.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
141
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DRM (DMA Request Mask)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 05H
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
4
Reserved
R0
0
3
2
1
0
DRM
RW
0
This register enables the DMA request. Setting “1” to this register to temporarily stop the DMA
request from the CORAL. The external request is enabled by setting “0” to this register.
DST (DMA STatus)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 06H
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
4
Reserved
R0
0
3
2
1
0
DST
R
0
This register indicates the DMA transfer status. DST is set to “1” during DMA transfer. This state is
cleared to “0” when the DMA transfer is completed.
DTS (DMA Transfer Stop)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 08H
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
4
Reserved
R0
0
3
2
1
0
DTS
RW
0
This register suspends DMA transfer.
An ongoing DMA transfer is suspended by setting DTS to “1”.
In the dual-address without ACK mode, to end the DMA transfer, write “1” to this register after CPU
DMA transfer.
LTS (display Transfer Stop)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 09H
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
4
Reserved
R0
0
3
2
1
0
LTS
RW
0
2
1
0
LSTA
R
0
This register suspends DisplayList transfer.
Ongoing DisplayList transfer is suspended by setting LTS to “1”.
LSTA (displayList transfer STAtus)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 10H
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
4
Reserved
R0
0
3
This register indicates the DisplayList transfer status from Graphics Memory. LSTA is set to “1” while
DisplayList transfer is in progress. This status is cleared to 0 when DisplayList transfer is completed
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
142
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DRQ (DMA ReQquest)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 18H
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
4
Reserved
R0
0
3
2
1
0
DRQ
RW1
0
This register starts sending external DMA request.
DMA transfer using the external request handshake is triggered by setting DRQ to “1”. The external
DREQ signal cannot be issued when DMA is masked by the DRM register. This register cannot be
written “0”. When DMA transfer is completed, this status is cleared to “0”.
IST (Interrupt STatus)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 20H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
Resv
Reserved
IST
IST
R/W
R0
R0W0
R0
RW0
RW0
Initial value
0
0
0
0
0
This register indicates the current interrupt status. It shows that an interrupt request is issued when
“1” is set to this register. The interrupt status is cleared by writing “0” to this register.
Bit 0
CERR (Command Error Flag)
Indicates drawing command execution error interrupt
Bit 1
CEND (Command END)
Indicates drawing command end interrupt
Bit 2
VSYNC (Vertical Sync.)
Indicates vertical interrupt synchronization
Bit 3
FSYNC (Frame Sync.)
Indicates frame synchronization interrupt
Bit 4
SYNCERR (Sync. Error)
Indicates external synchronization error interrupt
Bit 17 and 16
Reserved
This field is provided for testing.
Normally, the read value is “0”, but note that it may be “1” when a drawing command
error (Bit 0) has occurred.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
143
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
IMASK (Interrupt MASK)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 24H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
Resv
Reserved
IMASK IMASK
R/W
R0
R0W0
R0
RW
RW
Initial value
0
0
0
0
0
This register masks interrupt requests. Even when the interrupt request is issued for the bit to which
“0” is written, interrupt signal is not asserted for CPU.
Bit 0
CERRM (Command Error Interrupt Mask)
Masks drawing command execution error interrupt
Bit 1
CENDM (Command Interrupt Mask)
Masks drawing command end interrupt
Bit 2
VSYNCM (Vertical Sync. Interrupt Mask)
Masks vertical synchronization interrupt
Bit 3
FSYNCH (Frame Sync. Interrupt Mask)
Masks frame synchronization interrupt
Bit 4
SYNCERRM (Sync Error Mask)
Masks external synchronization error interrupt
SRST (Software ReSeT)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 2CH
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
4
Reserved
R0
0
3
2
1
0
SRST
W1
0
This register controls software reset. When “1” is set to this register, a software reset is performed.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
144
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
LSA (displayList Source Address)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 40H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
LSA
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0
This register sets the DisplayList transfer source address. When DisplayList is transferred from
Graphics Memory, set the transfer start address of DisplayList stored in Graphics Memory. Since the
lower two bits of this register are always treated as “0”, DisplayList must be 4-byte aligned. The
values set at this register do not change during or after transfer.
LCO (displayList Count)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 44H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
LCO
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the DisplayList transfer count. Set the display list transfer count by the long word.
When “1h” is set, 1-word data is transferred. When “0” is set, it is considered to be the maximum
count and 16M (16,777,216) words of data are transferred. The values set at this register do not
change during or after transfer.
LREQ (displayList transfer REQuest)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 48H
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
4
Reserved
R0
0
3
2
1
0
LREQ
RW1
0
This register triggers DisplayList transfer from the Graphics Memory. Transfer is started by setting
LREQ to “1”. The DisplayList is transferred from the Graphics Memory to the internal display list FIFO.
Access to the display list FIFO by the CPU or DMA is disabled during transfer.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
145
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
RSW (Register location Switch)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 5CH
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
4
Reserved
R0
0
3
2
1
0
RSW
RW
0
In SH3 or SH4 mode, set this register when moving the register area from the center (1FC0000) to the end of the
CORAL area (3FC0000). This move can be performed when “1” is written to this register.
Set this register at the first access after reset. Access CORAL after about 20 bus clocks after setting the register.
CID (Chip ID register)
Register
HostBaseAddress + f0 H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
CN
VER
R/W
R0
R
R
Initial value
0
0000_0011
0
This is the chip identification register.
Bit 7 to 0
VER (VERsion)
This field indicates the chip’s unique version number. Note that the unique version
number for the ES version and that of the mass-produced version are different.
Bit 15 to 8
0000_0000
ES
0000_0001
Reserved
0000_0010
Reserved for LQ
others
Reserved
CN (Chip Name)
This field indicates the chip name.
0000_0000
Reserved
0000_0001
Reserved
0000_0010
Reserved
0000_0011
CORAL
others
Reserved
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
146
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
CCF (Change of Clock Frequency)
Register
HostBaseAddress + 38H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
CGE COT
Reserved
R/W
RW0
RW RW
RW0
Initial value
0
00 00
0
This register changes the operating frequency.
Bit 19 and 18
CGE (Clock select for Geometry Engine)
Selects the clock for the geometry engine
Bit 17 and 16
11
Reserved
10
166 MHz
01
133 MHz
00
100 MHz
COT (Clock select for the others except-geometry engine)
Selects the clock for other than the geometry engine
11
Reserved
10
Reserved
01
133 MHz
00
100 MHz
Notes:
1. Write “0” to the bit field other than the above ([31:20], [15:00]).
2. Operation is not assured when the clock setting relationship is CGE < COT.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
147
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.2 Graphics memory interface registers
MMR (Memory I/F Mode Register)
Register
HostBaseAddress + FFFC H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name *1 tWR Reserved *1 *1 TRRD
TRC
TRP
TRAS TRCD LOWD
RTS
RAW
ASW
CL
R/W
Initial value
*1:
R
R1
R
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
0 0 Don’t care 1 0
00
0000
00
000
00
00
000
000
0
000
RW RW
W0
Reserved
This register sets the mode of the graphics memory interface. A value must be written to this register
after a reset. (When default setting is performed, a value must also be written to this register.) Only
write once to this register; do not change the written value during operation.
This register is not initialized at a software reset.
Bit 2 to 0
CL (CAS Latency)
Sets the CAS latency. Write the same value as this field, to the mode register for
SDRAM
Bit 3
011
CL3
010
CL2
Other than
the above
Setting disabled
ASW (Attached SDRAM bit Width)
Sets the bit width of the data bus (memory bus width mode)
Bit 6 to 4
1
64 bit
0
32 bit
SAW (SDRAM Address Width)
Sets the bit width of the SDRAM address
Bit 9 to 7
001
15 bit BANK 2 bit ROW 13 bit COL 9 bit SDRAM
111
14 bit BANK 2 bit ROW 12 bit COL 9 bit SDRAM
110
14 bit BANK 2 bit ROW 12 bit COL 8 bit SDRAM
101
13 bit BANK 2 bit ROW 11 bit COL 8 bit SDRAM
100
12 bit BANK 1 bit ROW 11 bit COL 8 bit FCRAM
000
14 bit BANK 2 bit ROW 12 bit COL 8 bit SDRAM
Other than
the above
Setting disabled
RTS (Refresh Timing Setting)
Sets the refresh interval
000
Refresh is performed every 384 internal clocks.
111
Refresh is performed every 1552 internal clocks.
001 to 110
Refresh is performed every ‘64 × n’ internal clocks in the 64 to 384 range.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
148
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 11 and 10
LOWD
Sets the count of clocks secured for the period from the instant the ending data is
output to the instant the write command is issued.
Bit 13 and 12
10
2 clocks
00
2 clocks
Other than
the above
Setting disabled
TRCD
Sets the wait time secured from the bank active to CAS. The clock count is used to
express the wait time.
Bit 16 to 14
11
3 clocks
10
2 clocks
01
1 clock
00
0 clock
TRAS
Sets the minimum time for 1 bank active. The clock count is used to express the
minimum time.
Bit 18 and 17
111
7 clocks
110
6 clocks
101
5 clocks
100
4 clocks
011
3 clocks
010
2 clocks
Other than
the above
Setting disabled
TRP
Sets the wait time secured from the pre-charge to the bank active. The clock count is
used to express the wait time.
Bit 22 to 19
11
3 clocks
10
2 clocks
01
1 clock
TRC
This field sets the wait time secured from the refresh to the bank active. The clock
count is used to express the wait time.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
1010
10 clocks
1001
9 clocks
1000
8 clocks
0111
7 clocks
0110
6 clocks
0101
5 clocks
0100
4 clocks
149
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 24 and 23
0011
3 clocks
Other than
the above
Setting disabled
TRRD
Sets the wait time secured from the bank active to the next bank active. The clock
count is used to express the wait time.
Bit 26
11
3 clocks
10
2 clocks
Reserved
Always write “0” at write.
“1” is always read at read.
Bit 30
TWR
Sets the write recovery time (the time from the write command to the read or to the
pre-charge command).
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
1
2 clocks
0
1 clock
150
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.3 Display control register
DCM (Display Control Mode) / DCEM (Display Control Extend Mode)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 00H (DisplayBaseAddress + 100H)
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
Bit field name CKS Reserved
SC
EEQ ODE Reserved Reserved SF ESY
R/W
RW RW0
RW
RW RW RX
RX RW RW
Initial value
0
01110 (DCM)
11101 (DCEM)
0
0
X
0
1
1
0
SYNC
RW
00
This register controls the display count mode. It is not initialized by a software reset. This register is
mapped to two addresses. The difference between the two registers is the format of the frequency
division rate setting (SC).
Bit 1 to 0
SYNC (Synchronize)
Set synchronization mode
Bit 2
X0
Non-interlace mode
10
Interlace mode
11
Interlace video mode
ESY (External Synchronize)
Sets external synchronization mode
Bit 3
0:
External synchronization disabled
1:
External synchronization enabled
SF (Synchronize signal format)
Sets format of synchronization (VSYNC, HSYNC) signals
Bit 7
0:
Negative logic
1:
Positive logic
EEQ (Enable Equalizing pulse)
Sets CCYNC signal mode
Bit 13 to 8
0:
Does not insert equalizing pulse into CCYNC signal
1:
Inserts equalizing pulse into CCYNC signal
SC (Scaling)
Divides display reference clock by the preset ratio to generate dot clock
Offset = 0
Offset = 100H
x00000
Frequency not divided
000000
Frequency not divided
x00001
Frequency division rate = 1/4
000001
Frequency division rate = 1/2
x00010
Frequency division rate = 1/6
000010
Frequency division rate = 1/3
X00011
Frequency division rate = 1/8
000011
Frequency division rate = 1/4
:
x11111
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
:
Frequency division rate = 1/64
151
111111
Frequency division rate = 1/64
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
When n is set, with Offset = 0, the frequency division rate is 1/(2n + 2).
When m is set, with Offset = 100h, the frequency division rate is 1/(m + 1).
Basically, these are setting parameters with the same function (2n + 2 = m + 1).
Because of this, m = 2n + 1 is established. When n is set to the SC field with Offset = 0,
2n + 1 is reflected with Offset = 100h.
Also, when PLL is selected as the reference clock, frequency division rates 1/1 to 1/5 are
non-functional even when set; other frequency division rates are assigned.
Bit 15
CKS (Clock Source)
Selects reference clock
0:
Internal PLL output clock
1:
DCLKI input
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
152
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DCE (Display Controller Enable)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 02H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Bit field name DEN
Reserved
R/W
RW
R0
Initial value
0
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
L45E L23E L1E
RW RW RW
0
0
0
0
L0E
RW
0
This register controls enabling the video signal output and display of each layer. Layer enabling is
specified in four-layer units to maintain backward compatibility with previous products.
Bit 0
L0E (L0 layer Enable)
Enables display of the L0 layer. The L0 layer corresponds to the C layer for previous
products.
Bit 1
0:
Does not display L0 layer
1:
Displays L0 layer
L1E (L1 layer Enable)
Enables display of the L1 layer. The L1 layer corresponds to the W layer for previous
products.
Bit 2
0:
Does not display L1 layer
1:
Displays L1 layer
L23E (L2 & L3 layer Enable)
Enables simultaneous display of the L2 and L3 layers. These layers correspond to the M
layer for previous products.
Bit 3
0:
Does not display L2 and L3 layer
1:
Displays L2 and L3 layer
L45E (L4 & L5 layer Enable)
Enables simultaneous display of the L4 and L5 layers. These layers correspond to the B
layer for previous products.
Bit 15
0:
Does not display L4 and L5 layer
1:
Displays L4 and L5 layer
DEN (Display Enable)
Enables display
0:
Does not output display signal
1:
Outputs display signal
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
153
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DCEE (Display Controller Extend Enable)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 102H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Bit field name DEN
Reserved
R/W
RW
R0
Initial value
0
0
8
7
6
5
L5E
RW
0
4
L4E
RW
0
3
2
L3E L2E
RW RW
0
0
1
L1E
RW
0
0
L0E
RW
0
This register controls enabling the video signal output and display of each layer. This register has the
same function as DCE.
Bit 0
L0E (L0 layer Enable)
Enables L0 layer display
Bit 1
0:
Does not display L0 layer
1:
Displays L0 layer
L1E (L1 layer Enable)
Enables L1 layer display
Bit 2
0:
Does not display L1 layer
1:
Displays L1 layer
L2E (L2 layer Enable)
Enables L2 layer display
Bit 3
0:
Does not display L2 layer
1:
Displays L2 layer
L3E (L3 layer Enable)
Enables L3 layer display
Bit 4
0:
Does not display L3 layer
1:
Displays L3 layer
L4E (L4 layer Enable)
Enables L4 layer display
Bit 5
0:
Does not display L4 layer
1:
Displays L4 layer
L5E (L5 layer Enable)
Enables L5 layer display
Bit 15
0:
Does not display L5 layer
1:
Displays L5 layer
DEN (Display Enable)
Enables display
0:
Does not output display signal
1:
Outputs display signal
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
154
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
HTP (Horizontal Total Pixels)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 06H
addres s
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
HTP
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the horizontal total pixel count. Setting value + 1 is the total pixel count.
HDP (Horizontal Display Period)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 08H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
HDP
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the total horizontal display period in unit of pixel clocks. Setting value + 1 is the
pixel count for the display period.
HDB (Horizontal Display Boundary)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 0AH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
HDB
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the display period of the left part of the window in unit of pixel clocks. Setting
value + 1 is the pixel count for the display period of the left part of the window. When the window is
not divided into right and left before display, set the same value as HDP.
HSP (Horizontal Synchronize pulse Position)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 0CH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
HSP
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the pulse position of the horizontal synchronization signal in unit of pixel clocks.
When the clock count since the start of the display period reaches setting value + 1, the horizontal
synchronization signal is asserted.
HSW (Horizontal Synchronize pulse Width)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 0EH
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
4
3
2
1
0
HSW
RW
Don’t care
This register controls the pulse width of the horizontal synchronization signal in unit of pixel clocks.
Setting value + 1 is the pulse width clock count.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
155
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
VSW (Vertical Synchronize pulse Width)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 0FH
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
4
3
2
1
0
VSW
RW
Don’t care
This register controls the pulse width of vertical synchronization signal in unit of raster. Setting value
+ 1 is the pulse width raster count.
VTR (Vertical Total Rasters)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 12H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
VTR
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical total raster count. Setting value + 1 is the total raster count. For
the interlace display, Setting value + 1.5 is the total raster count for 1 field; 2 × setting value + 3 is the
total raster count for 1 frame (see Section 8.3.2).
VSP (Vertical Synchronize pulse Position)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 14H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
VSP
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the pulse position of vertical synchronization signal in unit of raster. The vertical
synchronization pulse is asserted starting at the setting value + 1st raster relative to the display start
raster.
VDP (Vertical Display Period)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 16H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
VDP
RW
Don’t care
This register controls the vertical display period in unit of raster.
raster to be displayed.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
156
4
3
2
1
0
Setting value + 1 is the count of
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L0M (L0 layer Mode)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 20H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L0C Reserved Reserved
LOW
Reserved
CH
R/W
RW R0
R0
RW
R0
RW
Initial value 0
0
0
Don’t care
0
Don’t care
Bit 11 to 0
L0H (L0 layer Height)
Specifies the height of the logic frame of the L0 layer in pixel units. Setting value + 1 is
the height
Bit 23 to 16
L0W (L0 layer memory Width)
Sets the memory width (stride) of the logic frame of the L0 layer in 64-byte units
Bit 31
L0C (L0 layer Color mode)
Sets the color mode for L0 layer
0
Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode
1
Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
L0EM (L0-layer Extended Mode)
Register
address
Bit number
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
Bit 0
DisplayBaseAddress + 110H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 ----L0EC
Reserved
L0PB
Reserved
RW
R0
RW
R0
0
0
4 3 2
1
0
L0WP
RW
0
L0 WP (L0 layer Window Position enable)
Selects the display position of L0 layer
Bit 23 to 20
0
Compatibility mode display (C layer supported)
1
Window display
L0PB (L0 layer Palette Base)
Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L0 layer. 16 times of
setting value is added.
Bit 31 and 30
L0EC (L0 layer Extended Color mode)
Sets extended color mode for L0 layer
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
00
Mode determined by L0C
01
Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode
1x
Reserved
157
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L0OA (L0 layer Origin Address)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 24H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L0OA
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L0 layer. Since lower 4 bits are fixed at
“0”, address 16-byte-aligned.
L0DA (L0-layer Display Address)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 28H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L0DA
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the display origin address of the L0 layer. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel),
the lower 1 bit is “0”, and this address is treated as being aligned in 2 bytes.
L0DX (L0-layer Display position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 2CH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L0DX
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (X coordinates) of the L0 layer on the basis of the origin
of the logic frame in pixels.
L0DY (L0-layer Display position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 2EH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L0DY
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (Y coordinates) of the L0 layer on the basis of the origin
of the logic frame in pixels.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
158
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L0WX (L0 layer Window position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 114 H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L0WX
RW
4
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L0 layer window.
L0WY (L0 layer Window position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 116H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L0WY
RW
4
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L0 layer window.
L0WW (L0 layer Window Width)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 118H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L0WW
RW
Don’t care
4
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L0 layer window.
specify “0”.
Do not
L0WH (L0 layer Window Height)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1 1AH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L0WH
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L0 layer window. Setting value
+ 1 is the height.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
159
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L1M (L1-layer Mode)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 30H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 − − − 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L1C L1YC L1CS L1IM Reserved
L1W
Reserved
R/W
RW RW RW RW
R0
RW
R0
Initial value 0 0 0 0
0
Don’t Care
0
Bit 23 to 16
L1W (L1 layer memory Width)
Sets the memory width (stride) of the logic frame of the L layer in unit of 64 bytes
Bit 28
L1IM (L1 layer Interlace Mode)
Sets video capture mode when L1CS in capture mode
Bit 29
0:
Normal mode
1:
For non-interlace display, displays captured video graphics in WEAVE mode
For interlace and video display, buffers are managed in frame units (pair of odd
field and even field).
L1CS (L1 layer Capture Synchronize)
Sets whether the layer is used as normal display layer or as video capture
Bit 30
0:
Normal mode
1:
Capture mode
L1YC (L1 layer YC mode)
Sets color format of L1 layer
The YC mode must be set for video capture.
Bit 31
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0:
RGB mode
1:
YC mode
L1C (L1 layer Color mode)
Sets color mode for L1 layer
0:
Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode
1:
Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
160
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L1EM (L1 layer Extended Mode)
Register
address
Bit number
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 − − −
L1EC
Reserved
L1PB
Reserved
RW
R0
RW
R0
0
0
0
0
Bit 23 to 20
L1PB (L1 layer Palette Base)
DisplayBaseAddress + 120H
4 3 2
1
0
Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L1 layer. 16 times of
setting value is added.
Bit 31 to 30
L1EC (L1 layer Extended Color mode)
Sets extended color mode for L1 layer
00
Mode determined by L0C
01
Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode
1x
Reserved
L1DA (L1 layer Display Address)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 34H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L0DA
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the display origin address of the L1 layer. For the direct color mode (16 bits/pixel),
the lower 1 bit is “0”, and this register is treated as being aligned in 2 bytes. Wraparound processing
is not performed for the L1 layer, so the frame origin linear address and display position (X coordinates,
and Y coordinates) are not specified.
L1WX (L1 layer Window position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 124H (DispplayBaseAddress + 18H)
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
Bit field name
Reserved
L1WX
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L1 layer window. This register is
placed in two address spaces. The parenthesized address is the register address to maintain
compatibility with previous products. The same applies to L1WY, L1WW, and L1WH.
L1WY (L1 layer Window position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 126H (DispplayBaseAddress + 1AH)
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
Bit field name
Reserved
L1WY
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
4
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L1 layer window.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
161
3
2
1
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L1WW (L1 layer Window Width)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 128H (DispplayBaseAddress + 1CH)
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
Bit field name
Reserved
L1WW
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L1 layer window.
specify “0”.
0
Do not
L1WH (L1 layer Window Height)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1 2AH ((DisplayBaseAddress + 1 EH)
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
Bit field name
Reserved
L1WH
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L1 layer window. Setting value
+ 1 is the height.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
162
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L2M (L2 layer Mode)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 40H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 − − 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L2C L2FLP
Reserved
L2W
Reserved
L2H
R/W
RW RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
Initial value 0 00
0
Don’t care
0
Don’t care
Bit 11 to 0
L2H (L2 layer Height)
Specifies the height of the logic frame of the L2 layer in pixel units. Setting value + 1
is the height
Bit 23 to 16
L2W (L2 layer memory Width)
Sets the memory width (stride) of the logic frame of the L2 layer in 64-byte units
Bit 30 and 29
L2FLP (L2 layer Flip mode)
Sets flipping mode for L2 layer
Bit 31
00
Displays frame 0
01
Displays frame 1
10
Switches frame 0 and 1 alternately for display
11
Reserved
L2C (L2 layer Color mode)
Sets the color mode for L2 layer
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode
1
Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
163
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L2EM (L2 layer Extended Mode)
Register
address
Bit number
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
Bit 0
DisplayBaseAddress + 130 H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
L2EC
Reserved
L2PB
Reserved
RW
R0
RW
R0
00
0
0
0
-----
4 3 2
1
0
L2OM L0WP
RW RW
0
L2 WP (L2 layer Window Position enable)
Selects the display position of L2 layer
Bit 1
0
Compatibility mode display (ML layer supported)
1
Window display
L2OM (L2 layer Overlay Mode)
Selects the overlay mode for L2 layer
Bit 23 to 20
0
Compatibility mode
1
Extended mode
L2PB (L2 layer Palette Base)
Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L2 layer. 16 times of
setting value is added.
Bit 31 and 30
L2EC (L2 layer Extended Color mode)
Sets extended color mode for L2 layer
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
00
Mode determined by L2C
01
Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode
1x
Reserved
164
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L2OA0 (L2 layer Origin Address 0)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 44H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L2OA0
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L2 layer in frame 0. Since lower 4 bits
are fixed to “0”, this address is 16-byte aligned.
L2DA0 (L2 layer Display Address 0)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 48H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L2DA0
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the origin address of the L2 layer in frame 0.
bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is “0” and this address is 2-byte aligned.
For the direct color mode (16
L2OA1 (L2 layer Origin Address 1)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 4CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L2OA1
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L2 layer in frame 1. Since lower 4-bits
are fixed to “0”, this address is 16-byte aligned.
L2DA1 (L2 layer Display Address 1)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 50H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L2DA1
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the origin address of the L2 layer in frame 1.
bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is “0” and this address is 2-byte aligned.
For the direct color mode (16
L2DX (L2 layer Display position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 54H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L2DX
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (X coordinates) of the L2 layer on the basis of the origin
of the logic frame in pixels.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
165
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L2DY (L2 layer Display position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 56H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L2DY
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (Y coordinates) of the L2 layer on the basis of the origin
of the logic frame in pixels.
L2WX (L2 layer Window position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 134H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L2WX
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L2 layer window.
L2WY (L2 layer Window position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 136H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L2WY
RW
Don’t care
4
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L2 layer window.
L2WW (L2 layer Window Width)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 138H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L2WW
RW
Don’t care
4
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L2 layer window.
specify “0”.
Do not
L2WH (L2 layer Window Height)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1 3AH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L2WH
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L2 layer window. Setting value
+ 1 is the height.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
166
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L3M (L3 layer Mode)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 58H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L3C L3FLP
Reserved
L3W
Reserved
L3H
R/W
RW R0
R0
RW
R0
RW
Initial value 0 0
0
Don’t care
0
Don’t care
Bit 11 to 0
L3H (L3 layer Height)
Specifies the height of the logic frame of the L3 layer in pixel units. Setting value + 1
is the height
Bit 23 to 16
L3W (L3 layer memory Width)
Sets the memory width (stride) of the logic frame of the L3 layer in 64-byte units
Bit 30 and 29
L3FLP (L3 layer Flip mode)
Sets flipping mode for L3 layer
Bit 31
00
Displays frame 0
01
Displays frame 1
10
Switches frame 0 and 1 alternately for display
11
Reserved
L3C (L3 layer Color mode)
Sets the color mode for L3 layer
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode
1
Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
167
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L3EM (L3 layer Extended Mode)
Register
address
Bit number
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
Bit 0
DisplayBaseAddress + 140H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
L3EC
Reserved
L3PB
Reserved
RW
00
R0
0
RW
0
R0
0
−−−
4 3 2
1
0
L3OM L3WP
RW RW
0
0
L3 WP (L3 layer Window Position enable)
Selects the display position of L3 layer
Bit 1
0
Compatibility mode display (MR layer supported)
1
Window display
L3OM (L3 layer Overlay Mode)
Selects the overlay mode for L3 layer
Bit 23 to 20
0
Compatibility mode
1
Extended mode
L3PB (L3 layer Palette Base)
Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L3 layer. 16 times of
setting value is added.
Bit 31 and 30
L3EC (L3 layer Extended Color mode)
Sets extended color mode for L3 layer
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
00
Mode determined by L3C
01
Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode
1x
Reserved
168
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L3OA0 (L3 layer Origin Address 0)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 5CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L3OA0
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L3 layer in frame 0. Since lower 4 bits
are fixed to “0”, this address is 16-byte aligned.
L3DA0 (L3 layer Display Address 0)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 60H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L3DA0
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the origin address of the L3 layer in frame 0.
bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is “0” and this address is 2-byte aligned.
For the direct color mode (16
L3OA1 (L3 layer Origin Address 1)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 64H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L3OA1
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L3 layer in frame 1. Since lower 4-bits
are fixed to “0”, this address is 16-byte aligned.
L3OA1 (L3 layer Display Address 1)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 68H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L3DA1
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the origin address of the L3 layer in frame 1.
bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is “0” and this address is 2-byte aligned.
For the direct color mode (16
L3DX (L3 layer Display position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 6CH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L3DX
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (X coordinates) of the L3 layer on the basis of the origin
of the logic frame in pixels.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
169
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L3DY (L3 layer Display position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 6EH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L3DY
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (Y coordinates) of the L3 layer on the basis of the origin
of the logic frame in pixels.
L3WX (L3 layer Window position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 144H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L3WX
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L3 layer window.
L3WY (L3 layer Window position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 146H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L3WY
RW
Don’t care
4
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L3 layer window.
L3WW (L3 layer Window Width)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 148H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L3WW
RW
Don’t care
4
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L3 layer window.
specify “0”.
Do not
L3WH (L3-layer Window Height)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1 4AH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L3WH
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L3 layer window. Setting value
+ 1 is the height.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
170
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L4M (L4 layer Mode)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 70H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L4C L4FLP
Reserved
L4W
Reserved
L4H
R/W
RW RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0
Don’t care
Bit 11 to 0
L4H (L4 layer Height)
Specifies the height of the logic frame of the L4 layer in pixel units. Setting value + 1
is the height
Bit 23 to 16
L4W (L4 layer memory Width)
Sets the memory width (stride) logic frame of the L4 layer in 64-byte units
Bit 30 and 29
L4FLP (L4 layer Flip mode)
Sets flipping mode for L4 layer
Bit 31
00
Displays frame 0
01
Displays frame 1
10
Switches frame 0 and 1 alternately for display
11
Reserved
L4C (L4 layer Color mode)
Sets the color mode for L4 layer
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode
1
Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
171
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L4EM (L4 layer Extended Mode)
Register
address
Bit number
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
Bit 0
DisplayBaseAddress + 150H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
L4EC
Reserved
RW
00
R0
0
RW
0
R0
0
−−−
4 3 2
1
0
L4OM L4WP
RW RW
0
0
L4 WP (L4 layer Window Position enable)
Selects the display position of L4 layer
Bit 1
0
Compatibility mode display (BL layer supported)
1
Window display
L4OM (L4 layer Overlay Mode)
Selects the overlay mode for L4 layer
Bit 23 to 20
0
Compatibility mode
1
Extended mode
L4PB (L4 layer Palette Base)
Shows the value added to the index when subtracting palette of L4 layer. 16 times of
setting value is added.
Bit 31 and 30
L4EC (L4 layer Extended Color mode)
Sets extended color mode for L4 layer
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
00
Mode determined by L4C
01
Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode
1x
Reserved
172
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L4OA0 (L4 layer Origin Address 0)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 74H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L4OA0
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L4 layer in frame 0. Since lower 4 bits
are fixed to “0”, this address is 16-byte aligned.
L4DA0 (L4 layer Display Address 0)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 78H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L4DA0
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the origin address of the L4 layer in frame 0.
bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is “0” and this address is 2-byte aligned.
For the direct color mode (16
L4OA1 (L4 layer Origin Address 1)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 7CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L4OA1
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L4 layer in frame 1. Since lower 4-bits
are fixed to “0”, this address is 16-byte aligned.
L4OA1 (L4 layer Display Address 1)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 80H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L4DA1
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the origin address of the L4 layer in frame 1.
bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is “0” and this address is 2-byte aligned.
For the direct color mode (16
L4DX (L4 layer Display position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 84H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L4DX
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (X coordinates) of the L4 layer on the basis of the origin
of the logic frame in pixels.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
173
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L4DY (L4 layer Display position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 86H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L4DY
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (Y coordinates) of the L4 layer on the basis of the origin
of the logic frame in pixels.
L4WX (L4 layer Window position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 154H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L4WX
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L4 layer window.
L4WY (L4 layer Window position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 156H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L4WY
RW
Don’t care
4
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L4 layer window.
L4WW (L4 layer Window Width)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 158H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L4WW
RW
Don’t care
4
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L4 layer window.
specify “0”.
Do not
L4WH (L4 layer Window Height)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1 5AH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L4WH
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L4 layer window. Setting value
+ 1 is the height.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
174
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L5M (L5 layer Mode)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 88H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L5C L5FLP
Reserved
L5W
Reserved
L5H
R/W
RW RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0
Don’t care
Bit 11 to 0
L5H (L5 layer Height)
Specifies the height of the logic frame of the L5 layer in pixel units. Setting value + 1
is the height
Bit 23 to 16
L5W (L5 layer memory Width)
Sets the memory width (stride) logic frame of the L5 layer in 64-byte units
Bit 30 and 29
L5FLP (L5 layer Flip mode)
Sets flipping mode for L5 layer
Bit 31
00
Displays frame 0
01
Displays frame 1
10
Switches frame 0 and 1 alternately for display
11
Reserved
L5C (L5 layer Color mode)
Sets the color mode for L5 layer
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Indirect color (8 bits/pixel) mode
1
Direct color (16 bits/pixel) mode
175
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L5EM (L5 layer Extended Mode)
Register
address
Bit number
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
L5EC
Reserved
Bit 0
L5 WP (L5 layer Window Position enable)
DisplayBaseAddress + 1 60H
RW
00
R0
0
Selects the display position of L5 layer
Bit 1
0
Compatibility mode display (BR layer supported)
1
Window display
L5OM (L5 layer Overlay Mode)
Selects the overlay mode for L5 layer
Bit 31 to 30
0
Compatibility mode
1
Extended mode
L5EC (L5 layer Extended Color mode)
Sets extended color mode for L5 layer
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
00
Mode determined by L5C
01
Direct color (24 bits/pixel) mode
1x
Reserved
176
−−−
4 3 2
1
0
L5OM L5WP
RW RW
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L5OA0 (L5 layer Origin Address 0)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 8CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L5OA0
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L5 layer in frame 0. Since lower 4 bits
are fixed to “0”, this address is 16-byte aligned.
L5DA0 (L5 layer Display Address 0)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 90H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L5DA0
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the origin address of the L5 layer in frame 0.
bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is “0” and this address is 2-byte aligned.
For the direct color mode (16
L5OA1 (L5 layer Origin Address 1)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 94H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L5OA1
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the origin address of the logic frame of the L5 layer in frame 1. Since lower 4-bits
are fixed to “0”, this address is 16-byte aligned.
L5OA1 (L5 layer Display Address 1)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 98H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L5DA1
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
Don’t care
This register sets the origin address of the L5 layer in frame 1.
bits/pixel), the lower 1 bit is “0” and this address is 2-byte aligned.
For the direct color mode (16
L5DX (L5 layer Display position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 9CH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L5DX
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (X coordinates) of the L5 layer on the basis of the origin
of the logic frame in pixels.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
177
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L5DY (L5 layer Display position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 9EH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L5DY
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display starting position (Y coordinates) of the L5 layer on the basis of the origin
of the logic frame in pixels.
L5WX (L5 layer Window position X)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 164H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L5WX
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
This register sets the X coordinates of the display position of the L5 layer window.
L5WY (L5 layer Window position Y)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 166H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L5WY
RW
Don’t care
4
This register sets the Y coordinates of the display position of the L5 layer window.
L5WW (L5 layer Window Width)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 168H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L5WW
RW
Don’t care
4
This register controls the horizontal direction display size (width) of the L5 layer window.
specify “0”.
Do not
L5WH (L5 layer Window Height)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1 6AH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
L5WH
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register controls the vertical direction display size (height) of the L5 layer window. Setting value
+ 1 is the height.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
178
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
CUTC (Cursor Transparent Control)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + A0 H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
Bit 7 to 0
9
8
CUZT
RW
7
6
5
4
3
CUTC
RW
Don’t
0
2
1
0
Don’t care
care
CUTC (Cursor Transparent Code)
Sets color code handled as transparent code
Bit 8
CUZT (Cursor Zero Transparency)
Defines handling of color code 0
0
Code 0 as transparency color
1
Code 0 as non-transparency color
CPM (Cursor Priority Mode)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + A2 H
address
Bit number
7
6
5
Bit field name
Reserved
CEN1
R/W
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
4
CEN0
RW
0
3
2
Reserved
R0
0
1
CUO1
RW
0
This register controls the display priority of cursors. Cursor 0 is always preferred to cursor 1.
Bit 0
CUO0 (Cursor Overlap 0)
Sets display priority between cursor 0 and pixels of Console layer
Bit 1
0
Puts cursor 0 at lower than L0 layer.
1
Puts cursor 0 at higher than L0 layer.
CUO1 (Cursor Overlap 1)
Sets display priority between cursor 1 and C layer
Bit 4
0
Puts cursor 1 at lower than L0 layer.
1
Puts cursor 1 at lower than L0 layer.
CEN0 (Cursor Enable 0)
Sets enabling display of cursor 0
Bit 5
0
Disabled
1
Enabled
CEN1 (Cursor Enable 1)
Sets enabling display of cursor 1
0
Disabled
1
Enabled
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
179
0
CUO0
RW
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
CUOA0 (Cursor-0 Origin Address)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + A4 H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
CUOA0
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the start address of the cursor 0 pattern. Since lower 4 bits are fixed to “0”, this
address is 16-byte aligned.
CUX0 (Cursor-0 X position)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + A8 H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
CUX0
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display position (X coordinates) of the cursor 0 in pixels. The reference position
of the coordinates is the top left of the cursor pattern.
CUY0 (Cursor-0 Y position)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + Aa H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
CUY0
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display position (Y coordinates) of the cursor 0 in pixels. The reference position
of the coordinates is the top left of the cursor pattern.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
180
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
CUOA1 (Cursor-1 Origin Address)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + AC H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
CUOA1
R/W
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
0
Don’t care
0000
This register sets the start address of the cursor 1 pattern. Since lower 4 bits are fixed to “0”, this
address is 16-byte aligned.
CUX1 (Cursor-1 X position)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + B0H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
CUX1
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display position (X coordinates) of the cursor 1 in pixels. The reference position
of the coordinates is the top left of the cursor pattern.
CUY1 (Cursor-1 Y position)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + B2H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name
Reserved
R/W
R0
Initial value
0
9
8
7
6
5
CUY1
RW
Don’t care
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the display position (Y coordinates) of the cursor 1 in pixels. The reference position
of the coordinates is the top left of the cursor pattern.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
181
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DLS (Display Layer Select)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 180H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 ----- 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
DLS5
DLS4
DLS3
DLS2
DLS1
DSL0
R/W
R0
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
Initial value
101
100
011
010
001
000
This register defines the blending sequence.
Bit 3 to 0
DSL0 (Display Layer Select 0)
Selects the top layer subjected to blending.
0000
L0 layer
0001
L1 layer
:
:
0101
L5 layer
0110
Reserved
:
Bit 7 to 4
:
0110
Reserved
0111
Not selected
DSL1 (Display Layer Select 1)
Selects the second layer subjected to blending. The bit values are the same as DSL0.
Bit 11 to 8
DSL2 (Display Layer Select 2)
Selects the third layer subjected to blending. The bit values are the same as DSL0.
Bit 15 to 12
DSL3 (Display Layer Select 3)
Selects the fourth layer subjected to blending. The bit values are the same as DSL0.
Bit 19 to 16
DSL4 (Display Layer Select 4)
Selects the fifth layer subjected to blending. The bit values are the same as DSL0.
Bit 23 to 20
DSL5 (Display Layer Select 5)
Selects the bottom layer subjected to blending. The bit values are the same as DSL0.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
182
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DBGC (Display Background Color)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 184H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 ----- 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
DBGR
DBGG
DBGB
R/W
R0
Initial value
This register specifies the color to be displayed in areas outside the display area of each layer on the
window.
Bit 7 to 0
DBGB (Display Background Blue)
Specifies the blue level of the background color.
Bit 15 to 8
DBGG (Display Background Green)
Specifies the green level of the background color.
Bit 23 to 16
DBGR (Display Background Red)
Specifies the red level of the background color.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
183
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L0BLD (L0 Blend)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + B4H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 20 19 18 17 16
15
14
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L0BE L0BS L0BI L0BP
Reserved
L0BR
R/W
R0
RW RW RW RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
0
0
0
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L0 layer. This register corresponds to BRATIO or
BMODE for previous products.
Bit 7 to 0
L0BR (L0 layer Blend Ratio)
Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256.
Bit 13
L0BP (L0 layer Blend Plane)
Specifies that the L5 layer is the blend plane.
Bit 14
0
Value of L0BR used as blend ratio
1
Pixel of L5 layer used as blend ratio
L0BI (L0 layer Blend Increment)
Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not “0”.
Bit 15
0
Blend ratio calculated as is
1
1/256 added when blend ratio ≠ 0
L0BS (L0 layer Blend Select)
Selects the blend calculation expression.
Bit 16
0
Upper image × Blend ratio + Lower image × (1 – Blend ratio)
1
Upper image × (1 – Blend ratio) + Lower image × Blend ratio
L0BE (L0 layer Blend Enable)
This bit enables blending.
0
Overlay via transparent color
1
Overlay via blending
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L0BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L0
layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha
is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
184
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L1BLD (L1 Blend)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 188H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 20 19 18 17 16
15
14
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L1BE L1BS L1BI L1BP
Reserved
L1BR
R/W
R0
RW RW RW RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
0
0
0
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L1 layer.
Bit 7 to 0
L1BR (L1 layer Blend Ratio)
Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256.
Bit 13
L1BP (L1 layer Blend Plane)
Specifies that the L5 layer is the blend plane.
Bit 14
0
Value of L1BR used as blend ratio
1
Pixel of L5 layer used as blend ratio
L1BI (L1 layer Blend Increment)
Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not “0”.
Bit 15
0
Blend ratio calculated as is
1
1/256 added when blend ratio ≠ 0
L1BS (L1 layer Blend Select)
Selects the blend calculation expression.
Bit 16
0
Upper image × Blend ratio + Lower image × (1 – Blend ratio)
1
Upper image × (1 – Blend ratio) + Lower image × Blend ratio
L1BE (L1 layer Blend Enable)
This bit enables blending.
0
Overlay via transparent color
1
Overlay via blending
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L1BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L1
layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha
is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
185
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L2BLD (L2 Blend)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 18CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 20 19 18 17 16
15
14
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L2BE L2BS L2BI L2BP
Reserved
L2BR
R/W
R0
RW RW RW RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
0
0
0
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L2 layer.
Bit 7 to 0
L2BR (L2 layer Blend Ratio)
Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256.
Bit 13
L2BP (L2 layer Blend Plane)
Specifies that the L5 layer is the blend plane.
Bit 14
0
Value of L2BR used as blend ratio
1
Pixel of L5 layer used as blend ratio
L2BI (L2 layer Blend Increment)
Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not “0”.
Bit 15
0
Blend ratio calculated as is
1
1/256 added when blend ratio ≠ 0
L2BS (L2 layer Blend Select)
Selects the blend calculation expression.
Bit 16
0
Upper image × Blend ratio + Lower image × (1 – Blend ratio)
1
Upper image × (1 – Blend ratio) + Lower image × Blend ratio
L2BE (L2 layer Blend Enable)
This bit enables blending.
0
Overlay via transparent color
1
Overlay via blending
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L2BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L2
layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha
is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
186
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L3BLD (L3 Blend)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 190H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 20 19 18 17 16
15
14
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L3BE L3BS L3BI L3BP
Reserved
L3BR
R/W
RW Rw RW RW
RW
Initial value
0
0
0
0
0
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L3 layer.
Bit 7 to 0
L3BR (L3 layer Blend Ratio)
Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256.
Bit 13
L3BP (L3 layer Blend Plane)
Specifies that the L5 layer is the blend plane.
Bit 14
0
Value of L3BR used as blend ratio
1
Pixel of L5 layer used as blend ratio
L3BI (L3 layer Blend Increment)
Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not “0”.
Bit 15
0
Blend ratio calculated as is
1
1/256 added when blend ratio ≠ 0
L3BS (L3 layer Blend Select)
Selects the blend calculation expression.
Bit 16
0
Upper image × Blend ratio + Lower image × (1 – Blend ratio)
1
Upper image × (1 – Blend ratio) + Lower image × Blend ratio
L3BE (L3 layer Blend Enable)
This bit enables blending.
0
Overlay via transparent color
1
Overlay via blending
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L3BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L3
layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha
is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
187
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L4BLD (L4 Blend)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 194H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 20 19 18 17 16
15
14
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L4BE L4BS L4BI L4BP
Reserved
L4BR
R/W
R0
RW RW RW RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
0
0
0
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L4 layer.
Bit 7 to 0
L4BR (L4 layer Blend Ratio)
Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256.
Bit 13
L4BP (L4 layer Blend Plane)
Specifies that the L5 layer is the blend plane.
Bit 14
0
Value of L4BR used as blend ratio
1
Pixel of L5 layer used as blend ratio
L4BI (L4 layer Blend Increment)
Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not “0”.
Bit 15
0
Blend ratio calculated as is
1
1/256 added when blend ratio ≠ 0
L4BS (L4 layer Blend Select)
Selects the blend calculation expression.
Bit 16
0
Upper image × Blend ratio + Lower image × (1 – Blend ratio)
1
Upper image × (1 – Blend ratio) + Lower image × Blend ratio
L4BE (L4 layer Blend Enable)
This bit enables blending.
0
Overlay via transparent color
1
Overlay via blending
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L4BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L4
layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha
is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
188
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L5BLD (L5 Blend)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 198h
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 ----- 21 20 19 18 17 16
15
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
L5BE L5BS L5BI
Reserved
L5BR
R/W
R0
RW RW RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
0
This register specifies the blend parameters for the L5 layer.
Bit 7 to 0
L5BR (L5 layer Blend Ratio)
Sets the blend ratio. Basically, the blend ratio is setting value/256.
Bit 14
L5BI (L5 layer Blend Increment)
Selects whether or not 1/256 is added when the blend ratio is not “0”.
Bit 15
0
Blend ratio calculated as is
1
1/256 added when blend ratio ≠ 0
L5BS (L5 layer Blend Select)
Selects the blend calculation expression.
Bit 16
0
Upper image × Blend ratio + Lower image × (1 – Blend ratio)
1
Upper image × (1 – Blend ratio) + Lower image × Blend ratio
L5BE (L5 layer Blend Enable)
This bit enables blending.
0
Overlay via transparent color
1
Overlay via blending
Before blending, the blend mode must be specified using L5BE, and alpha must also be enabled for L5
layer display data. For direct color, alpha is specified using the MSB of data; for indirect color, alpha
is specified using the MSB of palette data.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
189
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L0TC (L0 layer Transparency Control)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + BCH
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name L0ZT
R/W
RW
Initial value
0
9
8
7
L0TC
RW
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the transparent color for the L0 layer. Color set by this register is transparent in
blend mode. When L0TC = 0 and L0ZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
This register corresponds to the CTC register for previous products.
Bit 14 to 0
L0TC (L0 layer Transparent Color)
Sets transparent color code for the L0 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to
0 are used.
Bit 15
L0ZT (L0 layer Zero Transparency)
Sets handling of color code 0 in L0 layer
0:
Code 0 as transparency color
1:
Code 0 as non-transparency color
L2TC (L2 layer Transparency Control)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + C2H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name L2ZT
R/W
RW
Initial value
0
9
8
7
L2TC
RW
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the transparent color for the L2 layer.
When L2TC = 0 and L2ZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
This register corresponds to the MLTC register for previous products.
Bit 14 to 0
L2TC (L2 layer Transparent Color)
Sets transparent color code for the L2 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to
0 are used.
Bit 15
L2ZT (L2 layer Zero Transparency)
Sets handling of color code 0 in L2 layer
0
Code 0 as transparency color
1
Code 0 as non-transparency color
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
190
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L3TC (L3 layer Transparency Control)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + C0H
address
Bit number
15
14
13
12
11
10
Bit field name L3ZT
R/W
RW
Initial value
0
9
8
7
L3TC
RW
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
This register sets the transparent color for the L3 layer. When L3TC = 0 and L3ZT = 0, color 0 is
displayed in black (transparent).
This register corresponds to the MLTC register for previous products.
Bit 14 to 0
L3TC (L3 layer Transparent Color)
Sets transparent color code for the L3 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to
0 are used.
Bit 15
L3ZT (L3 layer Zero Transparency)
Sets handling of color code 0 in L3 layer
0
Code 0 as transparency color
1
Code 0 as non-transparency color
L0ETC (L0 layer Extend Transparency Control)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1A0 H
address
Bit number
31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L0ETZ Reserved
L0TEC
R/W
RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
This register sets the transparent color for the L0 layer. The 24 bits/pixel transparent color is set
using this register. The lower 15 bits of this register are physically the same as L0TC. Also, L0ETZ is
physically the same as L0TZ.
When L0ETC = 0 and L0EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
Bit 23 to 0
L0ETC (L0 layer Extend Transparent Color)
Sets transparent color code for the L0 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to
0 are used.
Bit 31
L0EZT (L0 layer Extend Zero Transparency)
Sets handling of color code 0 in L0 layer
0
Code 0 as transparency color
1
Code 0 as non-transparency color
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
191
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L1ETC (L1 layer Extend Transparency Control)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1A4 H
address
Bit number
31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L1ETZ Reserved
L1TEC
R/W
RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
This register sets the transparent color for the L1 layer. When L1ETC = 0 and L1EZT = 0, color 0 is
displayed in black (transparent).
For YCbCr display, transparent color checking is not performed; processing is always performed
assuming that transparent color is not used.
Bit 23 to 0
L1ETC (L1 layer Extend Transparent Color)
Sets transparent color code for the L1 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to
0 are used.
Bit 31
L1EZT (L1 layer Extend Zero Transparency)
Sets handling of color code 0 in L1 layer
0
Code 0 as transparency color
1
Code 0 as non-transparency color
L2ETC (L2 layer Extend Transparency Control)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1A8 H
address
Bit number
31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L2ETZ Reserved
L2TEC
R/W
RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
This register sets the transparent color for the L2 layer. The 24 bits/pixel transparent color is set
using this register. The lower 15 bits of this register are physically the same as L2TC. Also, L2ETZ is
physically the same as L2TZ.
When L2ETC = 0 and L2EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
Bit 23 to 0
L2ETC (L2 layer Extend Transparent Color)
Sets transparent color code for the L2 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to
0 are used.
Bit 31
L2EZT (L2 layer Extend Zero Transparency)
Sets handling of color code 0 in L2 layer
0
Code 0 as transparency color
1
Code 0 as non-transparency color
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
192
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L3ETC (L3 layer Extend Transparency Control)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1AC H
address
Bit number
31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L3ETZ Reserved
L3TEC
R/W
RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
This register sets the transparent color for the L3 layer. The 24 bits/pixel transparent color is set
using this register. The lower 15 bits of this register are physically the same as L3TC. Also, L3ETZ is
physically the same as L3TZ.
When L3ETC = 0 and L3EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
Bit 23 to 0
L3ETC (L3 layer Extend Transparent Color)
Sets transparent color code for the L3 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to
0 are used.
Bit 31
L3EZT (L3 layer Extend Zero Transparency)
Sets handling of color code 0 in L3 layer
0
Code 0 as transparency color
1
Code 0 as non-transparency color
L4ETC (L4 layer Extend Transparency Control)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1B0H
address
Bit number
31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L4ETZ Reserved
L4TEC
R/W
RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
This register sets the transparent color for the L4 layer. This register sets the transparent color for the
L4 layer. When L4ETC = 0 and L4EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
Bit 23 to 0
L4ETC (L4 layer Extend Transparent Color)
Sets transparent color code for the L4 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to
0 are used.
Bit 31
L4EZT (L4 layer Extend Zero Transparency)
Sets handling of color code 0 in L4 layer
0
Code 0 as transparency color
1
Code 0 as non-transparency color
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
193
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L5ETC (L5 layer Extend Transparency Control)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1B4H
address
Bit number
31 30 29 28 --- 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name L5ETZ Reserved
L5TEC
R/W
RW
R0
RW
Initial value
0
0
This register sets the transparent color for the L5 layer. This register sets the transparent color for the
L5 layer. When L5ETC = 0 and L5EZT = 0, color 0 is displayed in black (transparent).
Bit 23 to 0
L5ETC (L5 layer Extend Transparent Color)
Sets transparent color code for the L5 layer. In indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel) bits 7 to
0 are used.
Bit 31
L5EZT (L5 layer Extend Zero Transparency)
Sets handling of color code 0 in L5 layer
0
Code 0 as transparency color
1
Code 0 as non-transparency color
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
194
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L0PAL0-255 (L0 layer Palette 0-255)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 400H -- DisplayBaseAddress + 7FFH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
A
R
G
B
R/W
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
Don’t
0000000
Don’t care
00
Don’t care
00
Don’t care
00
care
These are color palette registers for L0 layer and cursors. In the indirect color mode, a color code in
the display frame indicates the palette register number, and the color information set in that register is
applied as the display color of that pixel. This register corresponds to the CPALn register for previous
products.
Bit 7 to 2
B (Blue)
Sets blue color component
Bit 15 to 10
G (Green)
Sets green color component
Bit 23 to 18
R (Red)
Sets red color component
Bit 31
A (Alpha)
Specifies whether or not to perform blending with lower layers when the blending mode
is enabled.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Blending not performed even when blending mode enabled
Overlay is performed via transparent color.
1
Blending performed
195
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L1PAL0-255 (L1 layer Palette 0-255)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 800H -- DisplayBaseAddress + BFFH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
A
R
G
B
R/W
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
Don’t
0000000
Don’t care
00
Don’t care
00
Don’t care
00
care
These are color palette registers for L1 layer and cursors. In the indirect color mode, a color code in
the display frame indicates the palette register number, and the color information set in that register is
applied as the display color of that pixel. This register corresponds to the MBPALn register for
previous products.
Bit 7 to 2
B (Blue)
Sets blue color component
Bit 15 to 10
G (Green)
Sets green color component
Bit 23 to 18
R (Red)
Sets red color component
Bit 31
A (Alpha)
Specifies whether or not to perform blending with lower layers when the blending mode
is enabled.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Blending not performed even when blending mode enabled
Overlay is performed via transparent color.
1
Blending performed
196
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L2PAL0-255 (L2 layer Palette 0-255)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1000H -- DisplayBaseAddress + 13FFH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
A
R
G
B
R/W
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
Don’t
0000000
Don’t care
00
Don’t care
00
Don’t care
00
care
These are color palette registers for L2 layer and cursors. In the indirect color mode, a color code in
the display frame indicates the palette register number, and the color information set in that register is
applied as the display color of that pixel.
Bit 7 to 2
B (Blue)
Sets blue color component
Bit 15 to 10
G (Green)
Sets green color component
Bit 23 to 18
R (Red)
Sets red color component
Bit 31
A (Alpha)
Specifies whether or not to perform blending with lower layers when the blending mode
is enabled.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Blending not performed even when blending mode enabled
Overlay is performed via transparent color.
1
Blending performed
197
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
L3PAL0-255 (L3 layer Palette 0-255)
Register
DisplayBaseAddress + 1400H -- DisplayBaseAddress + 17FFH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
A
R
G
B
R/W
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
RW
R0
Initial value
Don’t
0000000
Don’t care
00
Don’t care
00
Don’t care
00
care
These are color palette registers for L3 layer and cursors. In the indirect color mode, a color code in
the display frame indicates the palette register number, and the color information set in that register is
applied as the display color of that pixel.
Bit 7 to 2
B (Blue)
Sets blue color component
Bit 15 to 10
G (Green)
Sets green color component
Bit 23 to 18
R (Red)
Sets red color component
Bit 31
A (Alpha)
Specifies whether or not to perform blending with lower layers when the blending mode
is enabled.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Blending not performed even when blending mode enabled
Overlay is performed via transparent color.
1
Blending performed
198
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.4 Drawing control registers
CTR (Control Register)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 400H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
FO CE
FCNT
NF FF FE
SS
DS
PS
R/W
RW RW RW
R
R R R
R
R
R
Initial value
0 0 0
011101
0 0 1
00
00
00
This register indicates drawing flags and status information. Bits 24 to 22 are not cleared until 0 is set.
Bit 1 and 0
PS (Pixel engine Status)
Indicate status of pixel engine unit
Bit 5 and 4
00
Idle
01
Busy
10
Reserved
11
Reserved
DS (DDA Status)
Indicate status of DDA
Bit 9 and 8
00
Idle
01
Busy
10
Busy
11
Reserved
SS (Setup Status)
Indicate status of Setup unit
Bit 12
00
Idle
01
Busy
10
Reserved
11
Reserved
FE (FIFO Empty)
Indicates whether data contained or not in display list FIFO
Bit 13
0
Valid data
1
No valid data
FF (FIFO Full)
Indicates whether display list FIFO is full or not
Bit 14
0
Not full
1
Full
NF (FIFO Near Full)
Indicates how empty the display list FIFO is
0
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Empty entries equal to or more than half
199
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1
Bit 20 to 15
Empty entries less than half
FCNT (FIFO Counter)
Indicates count of empty entries of display list FIFO (0 to 100000b)
Bit 23-22
CE (Display List Command Error)
Indicates command error occurrence
Bit 24
00
Normal
11
Command error detected
FO (FIFO Overflow)
Indicates FIFO overflow occurrence
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Normal
1
FIFO overflow detected
200
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
IFSR (Input FIFO Status Register)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 404 H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
NF FF FE
R/W
R R R
Initial value
0 0 1
This is a mirror register for bits 14 to 12 of the CTR register.
IFCNT (Input FIFO Counter)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 408H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
FCNT
R/W
R
Initial value
011101
This is a mirror register for bits 19 to 15 of the CTR register.
SST (Setup engine Status)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 40CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
SS
R/W
R
Initial value
00
This is a miller register for bits 9 to 8 of the CTR register.
DST (DDA Status)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 410H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
DS
R/W
RW
Initial value
00
This is a mirror register for bits 5 to 4 of the CTR register.
PST (Pixel engine Status)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 414H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
PS
R/W
R
Initial value
00
This is a mirror register for bits 1 to 0 of the CTR register.
EST (Error Status)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 418H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
FO PE CE
R/W
RW RW RW
Initial value
0 0 0
This is a mirror register for bits 24 to 22 of the CTR register.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
201
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.5 Drawing mode registers
When write to the registers, use the SetRegister command. The registers cannot be accessed from the
CPU.
MDR0 (Mode Register for miscellaneous)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 420H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
ZP
CF
CY CX
BSV BSH
R/W
RW
RW
RW RW
RW RW
Initial value
0
00
0 0
00
00
Bit 1 to 0
BSH (Bitmap Scale Horizontal)
Sets horizontal zoom ratio of bitmap draw
Bit 3 to 2
00
x1
01
x2
10
x1/2
01
Reserved
BSV (Bitmap Scale Vertical)
Sets vertical zoom ratio of bitmap draw
Bit 8
00
x1
01
x2
10
x1/2
01
Reserved
CX (Clip X enable)
Sets X coordinates clipping mode
Bit 9
0
Disabled
1
Enabled
CY (Clip Y enable)
Sets Y coordinates clipping mode
Bit 16 and 15
0
Disabled
1
Enabled
CF (Color Format)
Sets drawing color format
Bit 20
00
Indirect color mode (8 bits/pixel)
01
Direct color mode (16 bits/pixel)
10
Direct color mode (24 bits/pixel)
ZP (Z Precision)
Sets the precision of the Z value used for erasing hidden planes.
16 bits/pixel
8 bits/pixel
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
202
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
MDR1/MDR1S/MDR1B (Mode Register for LINE/for Shadow/for Border)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 424H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
Bit field name
LW
BP BL
R/W
RW
RW RW
Initial value
00000
0 0
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LOG
BM ZW ZCL ZC
RW
RW RW RW RW
0011
0
0 0000 0
This register sets the mode of line and pixel drawing.
This register is used for the body primitive, for the shade primitive, for the edge primitive.
The value after a drawing that involves the shade primitive, the edge primitive is the value set for
MDR1.
Please set ZC bit ( bit 2) to 0 when draw BltCopyAltAlphaBlendP command.
Bit 1
AS (Alpha Shading mode)
Sets the shading mode for alpha.
Bit 2
0
Alpha flat shading
1
Alpha Gouraud shading
ZC (Z Compare mode)
Sets Z comparison mode
Bit 5 to 3
0
Disabled
1
Enabled
ZCL (Z Compare Logic)
Selects type of Z comparison
Bit 6
000
NEVER
001
ALWAYS
010
LESS
011
LEQUAL
100
EQUAL
101
GEQUAL
110
GREATER
111
NOTEQUAL
ZW (Z Write mode)
Sets Z write mode
Bit 8 to 7
0
Writes Z values.
1
Not write Z values.
BM (Blend Mode)
Sets blend mode
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
00
Normal (source copy)
01
Alpha blending
10
Drawing with logic operation
11
Reserved
203
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 12 to 9
LOG (Logical operation)
Sets type of logic operation
Bit 19
0000
CLEAR
0001
AND
0010
AND REVERSE
0011
COPY
0100
AND INVERTED
0101
NOP
0110
XOR
0111
OR
1000
NOR
1001
EQUIV
1010
INVERT
1011
OR REVERSE
1100
COPY INVERTED
1101
OR INVERTED
1110
NAND
1111
SET
BL (Broken Line)
Selects line type
Bit 20
0
Solid line
1
Broken line
BP (Broken line Period)
Selects broken line cycle
Bit 28 to 24
0:
32 bits
1:
24 bits
LW (Line Width)
Sets line width for drawing line
00000
1 pixel
00001
2 pixels
:
11111
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
:
32 pixels
204
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
MDR2/MDR2S/MDR2TL (Mode Register for Polygon/for Shadow/for TopLeft)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 428H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
Bit field name
TT
R/W
RW
Initial value
00
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
LOG
BM ZW ZCL ZC AS SM
RW
RW RW RW RW RW RW
0011
0
0 0000 0 0 0
This register sets the polygon drawing mode.
This register is used for the body primitive, for the shade primitive, and for the top-left non-applicable
primitive.
The value after a drawing that involves the shade primitive or the top-left non-applicable primitive is the
value set for MDR2.
MDR2S register is able to use only SM=0, AS=0 and TT=00 settings.
Bit 0
SM (Shading Mode)
Sets shading mode
Bit 1
0
Flat shading
1
Gouraud shading
AS (Alpha Shading mode)
Sets alpha shading mode. This mode is enabled for only alpha.
Bit 2
0
Alpha flat shading
1
Alpha gouraud shading
ZC (Z Compare mode)
Sets Z comparison mode
Bit 5 to 3
0
Disabled
1
Enabled
ZCL (Z Compare Logic)
Selects type of Z comparison
Bit 6
000
NEVER
001
ALWAYS
010
LESS
011
LEQUAL
100
EQUAL
101
GEQUAL
110
GREATER
111
NOTEQUAL
ZW (Z Write mask)
Sets Z write mode
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Writes Z values
1
Not write Z values
205
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 8 to 7
BM (Blend Mode)
Sets blend mode
Bit 12 to 9
00
Normal (source copy)
01
Alpha blending
10
Drawing with logic operation
11
Reserved
LOG (Logical operation)
Sets type of logic operation
Bit 29 to 28
0000
CLEAR
0001
AND
0010
AND REVERSE
0011
COPY
0100
AND INVERTED
0101
NOP
0110
XOR
0111
OR
1000
NOR
1001
EQUIV
1010
INVERT
1011
OR REVERSE
1100
COPY INVERTED
1101
OR INVERTED
1110
NAND
1111
SET
TT (Texture-Tile Select)
Selects texture or tile pattern
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
00
Neither used
01
Enabled tiling
10
Enabled texture
11
Reserved
206
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
MDR3 (Mode Register for Texture)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 42CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
BA
TAB
TBL
TWS TWT
TF
TC
R/W
RW
RW
RW
RW RW
RW
RW
Initial value
0
00
00
00
00
0
0
This register sets the texture mapping mode.
Bit 3
TC (Texture coordinates Correct)
Sets texture coordinates correction mode
Bit 5
0
Disabled
1
Enabled
TF (Texture Filtering)
Sets type of texture interpolation (filtering)
Bit 9 and 8
0
Point sampling
1
Bi-linear filtering
TWT (Texture Wrap T)
Sets type of texture coordinates T direction wrapping
Bit 11 and 10
00
Repeat
01
Cramp
10
Border
11
Reserved
TWS (Texture Wrap S)
Sets type of texture coordinates S direction wrapping
Bit 17 and 16
00
Repeat
01
Cramp
10
Border
11
Reserved
TBL (Texture Blend mode)
Sets texture blending mode
Bit 21 and 20
00
De-curl
01
Modulate
10
Stencil
11
Reserved
TAB (Texture Alpha Blend mode)
Sets texture blending mode
The stencil mode and the stencil alpha mode are enabled only when the MDR2
register blend mode (BM) is set to the alpha blending mode. If it is not set to the
alpha blending mode, the stencil mode and stencil alpha mode perform the same
function as the normal mode.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
207
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 24
00
Normal
01
Stencil
10
Stencil alpha
11
Reserved
BA (Bilinear Accelerate Mode)
Improves the performance of bi-linear filtering, although a texture area of four times the
default texture area is used.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Default texture area used
1
Texture area four times default texture area used
208
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
MDR4 (Mode Register for BLT)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 430H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
LOG
BM
TE
R/W
RW
RW
RW
Initial value
0011
00
0
This register controls the BLT mode.
Bit 1
TE (Transparent Enable)
Sets transparent mode
Bit 8 to 7
0:
Not perform transparent processing
1:
Not draw pixels that corresponds to set transparent color in BLT (transparancy
copy)
Note: Set the blend mode (BM) to normal.
BM (Blend Mode)
Sets blend mode
Bit 12 to 9
00
Normal (source copy)
01
Reserved
10
Drawing with logic operation
11
Reserved
LOG (Logical operation)
Sets logic operation
0000
CLEAR
0001
AND
0010
AND REVERSE
0011
COPY
0100
AND INVERTED
0101
NOP
0110
XOR
0111
OR
1000
NOR
1001
EQUIV
1010
INVERT
1011
OR REVERSE
1100
COPY INVERTED
1101
OR INVERTED
1110
NAND
1111
SET
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
209
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
MDR7 (Mode Register for Extension)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 43CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
LTH EZ GG
PGH PTHPZH
R/W
W W W
W W W
Initial value
1 0 0
0 0 0
This register controls the BLT mode.
Bit 0
PZH (Polygon Z Hard mask)
Sets polygon-fill Z reference mode
0:
1:
Bit 1
Hard mask on ( compatible Orchid)
Hard mask off ( extension mode)
PTH (Polygon Texture Hard mask)
Sets polygon-texture mode
Bit 2
0:
Hard mask on ( compatible Orchid)
1:
Hard mask off ( extension mode)
PGH (Polygon Gouraud shading Hard mask)
Sets polygon-gouraud shading mode
Bit 4
0:
Hard mask on ( compatible Orchid)
1:
Hard mask off ( extension mode)
GG (Gray scale Gouraud Shading)
Sets gray scale gouraud shading mode
Bit 5
0:
Hard mask on ( compatible Orchid)
1:
Hard mask off ( extension mode)
EZ (Extend Z)
Sets new Z mode
Bit 6
0:
Z 1 bit extend off ( compatible Orchid)
1:
Z 1 bit extend on ( extension mode)
LTH (Line Texture Hard mask)
Sets line texture mode
0:
Hard mask on ( compatible Orchid)
1:
Hard mask off ( extension mode)
Note: This register is used for gray scale gouraud shading. This register is changed by internal processing.
Please don’t set these bits except GG bit.
In case of gray scale gouraud shading drawing, please set this register to the follows.
1. Set this register to 0x00000050( GG bit and LTH bit equal to 1) before drawing.
2. Set this register to 0x00000040( LTH bit equal to 1) after drawing.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
210
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
FBR (Frame buffer Base)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 440H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
FBASE
R/W
RW
R0
Initial value
Don’t care
0
This register stores the base address of the drawing frame.
XRES (X Resolution)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 444H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
XRES
R/W
RW
Initial value
Don’t care
This register sets the drawing frame horizontal resolution.
ZBR (Z buffer Base)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 448H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
ZBASE
R/W
RW
R0
Initial value
Don’t care
0
This register sets the Z buffer base address.
TBR (Texture memory Base)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 44CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
TBASE
R/W
RW
R0
Initial value
Don’t care
0
This register sets the texture memory base address.
PFBR (2D Polygon Flag-Buffer Base)
Register
address
Bit number
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
R/W
Initial value
RW
Don’t care
DrawBaseAddress + 450H
PFBASE
This register sets the polygon flag buffer base address.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
211
R0
0
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
CXMIN (Clip X minimum)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 454H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
CLIPXMIN
R/W
RW
Initial value
Don’t care
This register sets the clip frame minimum X position.
CXMAX (Clip X maximum)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 458H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
CLIPXMAX
R/W
RW
Initial value
Don’t care
This register sets the clip frame maximum X position.
CYMIN (Clip Y minimum)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 45CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
CLIPYMIN
R/W
RW
Initial value
Don’t care
This register sets the clip frame minimum Y position.
CYMAX (Clip Y maximum)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 460H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
CLIPYMAX
R/W
RW
Initial value
Don’t care
This register sets the clip frame maximum Y position.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
212
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
TXS (Texture Size)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 464H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
TXSN
TXSM
R/W
RW
RW
Initial value
000010000000
000010000000
This register specifies the texture size (m, n).
Bit 12 to 0
TXSM (Texture Size M)
Sets horizontal texture size. Any power of 2 between 4 and 4096 can be used.
Values that are not a power of 2 cannot be used.
Bit 28 to 16
0_0000_0000_0100
M=4
0_0010_0000_0000
M=512
0_0000_0000_1000
M=8
0_0100_0000_0000
M=1024
0_0000_0001_0000
M=16
0_1000_0000_0000
M=2048
0_0000_0010_0000
M=32
1_0000_0000_0000
M=4096
0_0000_0100_0000
M=64
0_0000_1000_0000
M=128
0_0001_0000_0000
M=256
Other than the above
Setting disabled
TXSN (Texture Size N)
Sets vertical texture size. Any power of 2 between 4 and 4096 can be used. Values
that are not a power of 2 cannot be used.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0_0000_0000_0100
N=4
0_0010_0000_0000
N=512
0_0000_0000_1000
N=8
0_0100_0000_0000
N=1024
0_0000_0001_0000
N=16
0_1000_0000_0000
N=2048
0_0000_0010_0000
N=32
1_0000_0000_0000
N=4096
0_0000_0100_0000
N=64
0_0000_1000_0000
N=128
0_0001_0000_0000
N=256
Other than the above
Setting disabled
213
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
TIS (Tile Size)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 468H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
TISN
TISM
R/W
RW
RW
Initial value
1000000
1000000
This register specifies the tile size (m, n).
Bit 6 to 0
TISM (Title Size M)
Sets horizontal tile size. Any power of 2 between 4 and 64 can be used. Values that
are not a power of 2 cannot be used.
Bit 22 to 16
0.000100
M=4
0001000
M=8
0010000
M=16
0100000
M=32
1000000
M=64
Other than
the above
Setting disabled
TISN (Title Size N)
Sets vertical tile size. Any power of 2 between 4 and 64 can be used. Values that are
not a power of 2 cannot be used.
0000100
N=4
0001000
N=8
0010000
N=16
0100000
N=32
1000000
N=64
Other than
the above
Setting disabled
TOA (Tiling Offset address)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 46CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
XBO
R/W
RW
Initial value
Don’t care
This register sets the texture buffer offset address. Using this offset value, texture patterns can be
referred to the texture buffer memory. TOA is used for only the tiling drawing, and is not used for
referring the texture pattern.
Specify the word-aligned byte address (16 bits). (Bit 0 is always “0”.)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
214
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
SHO (SHadow Offset)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 470H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
SHOFFS
R/W
RW
Initial value
Don’t care
This register sets the offset address of the shadow relative to the body primitive at drawing with shadow.
At body drawing, this offset address is set to “0”; at shadow drawing, the offset address calculated from each
offset value of the X coordinates and of the Y coordinates is set. This register is hardware controlled.
ABR (Alpha map Base)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 474H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
ABASE
R/W
RW
R0
Initial value
Don’t care
0
This register sets the base address of the alpha map.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
215
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
FC (Foreground Color)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 480H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
FGC8/16
R/W
RW
Initial value
0
This register sets the drawing foreground color. This color is for the object color for flat shading and foreground
color for bitmap drawing and broken line drawing. All bits set to “1” are drawn in the color set at this register.
8 bit color mode:
Bit 7 to 0
FGC8 (Foreground 8 bit Color)
Sets the indirect color for the foreground (color index code).
Bit 31 to 8
These bits are not used.
16 bit color mode:
Bit 15 to 0
FGC16 (Foreground 16 bit Color)
This field sets the 16-bit direct color for the foreground.
Note that the handling of bit 15 is different from that in ORCHID.
Up to ORCHID, bit 15 is “0” for other than bit map and rectangular drawing, but starting
with CORAL, the setting value is reflected in memory as is. This bit is also reflected in
bit 15 of the 16-bit color at Gouraud shading.
Bit 31 to 16
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
These bits are not used.
216
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
BC (Background Color)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 484H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
BGC8/16
R/W
RW
Initial value
0
This register sets the drawing frame background color. This color is used for the background color of bitmap
drawing and broken line drawing. At bitmap drawing, all bits set to “0” are drawn in the color set at this register.
BT bit of this register allows the background color of be transparent (no drawing).
8 bit color mode:
Bit 7 to 0
BGC8 (Background 8 bit Color)
Sets the indirect color for the background (color index code)
Bit 14 to 8
Not used
Bit 15
BT (Background Transparency)
Sets the transparent mode for the background color
Bit 31 to 16
0
Background drawn using color set for BGC field
1
Background not drawn (transparent)
Not used
16 bit color mode:
Bit 14 to 0
BGC16 (Background 16 bit Color)
Sets 16-bit direct color (RGB) for the background
Bit 15
BT (Background Transparency)
Sets the transparent mode for the background color
Bit 31 to 16
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Background drawn using color set for BGC field
1
Background not drawn (transparent)
Not used
217
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
ALF (Alpha Factor)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 488H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
A
R/W
RW
Initial value
0
This register sets the alpha blending coefficient.
BLP (Broken Line Pattern)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 48CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
BLP
R/W
RW
Initial value
0
This register sets the broken-line pattern. The bit 1 set in the broken-line pattern is drawn in the foreground color
and bit 0 is drawn in the background color. The line pattern for 1 pixel line is laid out in the direction of MSB to
LSB and when it reaches LSB, it goes back to MSB. The BLPO register manages the bit numbers of the
broken-line pattern. 32 or 24 bits can be selected as the repetition of the broken-line pattern by the BP bit of the
MDR1 register. When 24 bits are selected, bits 23 to 0 of the BLP register are used.
TBC (Texture Border Color)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 494H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
BC8/16
R/W
RW
Initial value
0
This register sets the border color for texture mapping.
8 bit color mode:
Bit 7 to 0
BC8 (Border Color)
Sets the 8-bit direct color for the texture border color
16 bit color mode:
Bit 15 to 0
BC16 (Border Color)
Sets the 16-bit direct color for the texture border color
BLPO (Broken Line Pattern Offset)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 3E0H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
BCR
R/W
RW
Initial value
11111
This register stores the bit number of the broken-line pattern set to BLP registers, for broken line drawing. This
value is decremented at each pixel drawing. Broken line can be drawn starting from any starting position of the
specified broken-line pattern by setting any value at this register.
When no write is performed, the position of broken-line pattern is sustained.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
218
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
PNBPI (Pixel Number of Broken line pattern Pointer Inter lock)
Register
DrawBaseAddress + 28CH
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
PN
R/W
W
Initial value
00000
This register is valid when BC(16bit)=1 of the GMDR1E register, and determines how many pixels should be fixed
before and behind reference address of broken-line pattern(broken-line pointer). The recommended value is same as
the line width.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
219
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.6 Triangle drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU or
using the SetRegister command.
(XY coordinates register)
Register Address
Ys
Xs
dXdy
XUs
dXUdy
XLs
dXLdy
USN
LSN
Address
S
0
Int
Frac
0000H
0004H
0008H
000cH
0010H
0014H
0018H
001cH
0020H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
S S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S
Int
Frac
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
Offset value from DrawBaseAddress
Sign bit or sign extension
Not used or 0 extension
Integer or integer part of fixed point data
Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets (X, Y) coordinates for triangle drawing
Ys
Xs
dXdy
XUs
dXUdy
XLs
dXLdy
USN
LSN
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Y coordinates start position of long edge
X coordinates start position of long edge corresponding to Ys
X DDA value of long edge direction
X coordinates start position of upper edge
X DDA value of upper edge direction
X coordinates start position of lower edge
X DDA value of lower edge direction
Count of spans of upper triangle. If this value is “0”, the upper triangle is not drawn.
Count of spans of lower triangle. If this value is “0”, the lower triangle is not drawn.
220
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
(Color setting register)
Register Address 31
Rs
dRdx
dRdy
Gs
dGdx
dGdy
Bs
dBdx
dBdy
Address
S
0
Int
Frac
0040H
0044H
0048H
004CH
0050H
0054H
0058H
005cH
0060H
0
S
S
0
S
S
0
S
S
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Int
Frac
S S S S S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S S S S
Int
Frac
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Int
Frac
S S S S S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S S S S
Int
Frac
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Int
Frac
S S S S S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S S S S
Int
Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress
Sign bit or sign extension
Not used or 0 extension
Integer or integer part of fixed point data
Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets color parameters for triangle drawing. These parameters are enabled in the Gouraud shading
mode.
Rs
dRdx
dRdy
Gs
dGdx
dGdy
Bs
dBdx
dBdy
R value at (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys
R DDA value of horizontal direction
R DDA value of long edge
G value at (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys
G DDA value of horizontal direction
G DDA value of long edge
B value at (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys
B DDA value of horizontal direction
B DDA value of long edge
(Z coordinates register)
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Zs 0080h 0
Int
Frac
dZdx 0084h S
Int
Frac
dZdy 0088h S
Int
Frac
Register Address
Address
S
0
Int
Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress
Sign bit or sign extension
Not used or 0 extension
Integer or integer part of fixed point data
Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets Z coordinates for 3D triangle drawing
Zs
dZdx
dZdy
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Z coordinate start position of long edge
Z DDA value of horizontal direction
Z DDA value of long edge
221
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
(Texture coordinates-setting register)
Register Address
Ss
dSdx
dSdy
Ts
dTdx
dTdy
Qs
dQdx
dQdy
Address
S
0
Int
Frac
00c0H
00c4H
00c8H
00ccH
00d0H
00d4H
00d8H
00dcH
00e0H
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
S S S
Int
Frac
S S S
Int
Frac
S S S
Int
Frac
S S S
Int
Frac
S S S
Int
Frac
S S S
Int
Frac
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Int
Frac
S S S S S S S Int
Frac
S S S S S S S Int
Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress
Sign bit or sign extension
Not used or 0 extension
Integer or integer part of fixed point data
Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets texture coordinates parameters for triangle drawing
Ss
dSdx
dSdy
Ts
dTdx
dTdy
Qs
dQdx
dQdy
S texture coordinates (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys
S DDA value of horizontal direction
S DDA value of long edge direction
T texture coordinates (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys
T DDA value of horizontal direction
T DDA value of long edge direction
Q (Perspective correction value) of texture at (Xs, Ys, Zs) of long edge corresponding to Ys
Q DDA value of horizontal direction
Q DDA value of long edge direction
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
222
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.7 Line drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU or by
using the SetRegister command.
(Coordinates setting register)
Register Address
LPN
LXs
LXde
LYs
LYde
LZs
LZde
Address
S
0
Int
Frac
0140H
0144H
0148H
014cH
0150H
0154H
0158H
31
0
S
S
S
S
S
S
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0
Int
0
S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S S S S S S S S S S S Int
Frac
S S S
Int
Frac
S S S S S S S S S S S S S S Int
Frac
Int
Frac
Int
Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress
Sign bit or sign extension
Not used or 0 extension
Integer or integer part of fixed point data
Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets coordinates parameters for line drawing
LPN
Pixel count of principal axis direction
LXs
X coordinates start position of draw line
(In principal axis X) Integer value of X coordinates rounded off
(In principal axis Y) X coordinates in form of fixed point data
LXde
Inclination data for X coordinates
(In principal axis X) Increment or decrement according to drawing direction
(In principal axis Y) Fraction part of DX/DY
LYs
Y coordinates start position of draw line
(In principal axis X) Y coordinates in form of fixed point data
(In principal axis Y) Integer value of Y coordinates rounded off
LYde
Inclination data for Y coordinates
(In principal axis X) Fraction part of DY/DX
(In principal axis Y) Increment or decrement according to drawing direction
LZs
Z coordinates start position of line drawing line
LZde
Z Inclination
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
223
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.8 Pixel drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU or
using the SetRegister command.
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PXdc 0180H 0 0 0 0
Int
0
PYdc 0184H 0 0 0 0
Int
0
PZdc 0188H 0 0 0 0
Int
0
Register Address
Address
S
0
Int
Frac
Offset from DrawBaseAddress
Sign bit or sign extension
Not used or 0 extension
Integer or integer part of fixed point data
Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets coordinates parameter for drawing pixel. The foreground color is used.
PXdc
PYdc
PZdc
Sets X coordinates position
Sets Y coordinates position
Sets Z coordinates position
10.2.9 Rectangle drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU or
using the SetRegister command.
Register Address
RXs 0200H
RYs 0204H
RsizeX 0208H
RsizeY 020cH
Address
S
0
Int
Frac
31
0
0
0
0
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0
Int
0
Offset from DrawBaseAddress
Sign bit or sign extension
Not used or 0 extension
Integer or integer part of fixed point data
Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets coordinates parameters for rectangle drawing. The foreground color is used.
RXs
RYs
RsizeX
RsizeY
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Sets
Sets
Sets
Sets
the X coordinates of top left vertex
the Y coordinates of top left vertex
horizontal size
vertical size
224
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.10 Blt registers
Sets the parameters of each register as described below:
• Set the Tcolor register with the SetRegister command.
Note that the Tcolor register cannot be set at access from the CPU and by drawing commands.
• Each register except the Tcolor register is set by executing a drawing command.
Note that access from the CPU and the SetRegister command cannot be used.
Register Address
SADDR 0240H
SStride 0244H
SRXs 0248H
SRYs 024cH
DADDR 0250H
DStride 0254 H
DRXs 0258H
DRYs 025cH
BRsizeX 0260 H
BRsizeY 0264 H
TColor 0280 H
Address
S
0
Int
Frac
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Address
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Address
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0
Color
Offset from DrawBaseAddress
Sign bit or sign extension
Not used or 0 extension
Integer or integer part of fixed point data
Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets parameters for Blt operations
SADDR
Sets start address of source rectangle area in byte address
SStride
Sets stride of source
SRXs
Sets X coordinates start position of source rectangle area
SRYs
Sets Y coordinates start position of source rectangle area
DADDR
Sets start address of destination rectangle area in byte address
DStride
Sets stride of destination
DRXs
Sets X coordinates start position of destination rectangle area
DRYs
Sets Y coordinates start position of destination rectangle area
BRsizeX
Sets horizontal size of rectangle
BRsizeY
Sets vertical size of rectangle
Tcolor
Sets transparent color
For indirect color, set a palette code in the lower 8 bits.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
225
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.11 High-speed 2D line drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU.
Register Address
LX0dc
LY0dc
LX1dc
LY1dc
Address
S
0
Int
Frac
0540H
0544H
0548H
054cH
31
0
0
0
0
30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0
Int
0
Offset from DrawBaseAddress
Sign bit or sign extension
Not used or 0 extension
Integer or integer part of fixed point data
Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets coordinates of line end points for High-speed 2DLine drawing
LX0dc
Sets X coordinates of vertex V0
LY0dc
Sets Y coordinates of vertex V0
LX1dc
Sets X coordinates of vertex V1
LY1dc
Sets Y coordinates of vertex V1
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
226
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.12 High-speed 2D triangle drawing registers
Each register is used by the drawing commands. The registers cannot be accessed from the CPU or
using the SetRegister command.
Register Address
X0dc
Y0dc
X1dc
Y1dc
X2dc
Y2dc
Address
S
0
Int
Frac
0580h
0584h
0588h
058ch
0590h
0594h
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
0 0 0 0
Int
0
Offset from DrawBaseAddress
Sign bit or sign extension
Not used or 0 extension
Integer or integer part of fixed point data
Fraction part of fixed point data
Sets coordinates of three vertices for High-speed 2DTriangle drawing
X0dc
Sets X coordinates of vertex V0
Y0dc
Sets Y coordinates of vertex V0
X1dc
Sets X coordinates of vertex V1
Y1dc
Sets Y coordinates of vertex V1
X2dc
Sets X coordinates of vertex V2
Y2dc
Sets Y coordinates of vertex V2
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
227
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.13 Geometry control register
GCTR (Geometry Control Register)
Register
GeometryBaseAddress + 00H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
Reserved
FO
Rsv
FCNT
NF FF FE Rsv
GS Rsv SS Rsv PS
R/W
RX
RX
RX
RX
RXRX RX RX
R
RX
R
RX
R
Initial value
X
0
X
011111
0 0 1 X
00
X
00
X
00
The flags and status information of the geometry section are reflected in this register.
Note that the flags and status information of the drawing section are reflected in CTR.
Bit 1 and 0
PS (Pixel engine Status)
Indicates status of pixel engine unit
Bit 5 and 4
00
Idle
01
Processing
10
Reserved
11
Reserved
SS (geometry Setup engine Status)
Indicates status of geometry setup engine unit
Bit 9 and 8
00
Idle
01
Processing
10
Processing
11
Reserved
GS (Geometry engine Status)
Indicates status of geometry engine unit
Bit 12
00
Idle
01
Processing
10
Reserved
11
Reserved
FE (FIFO Empty)
Indicates whether the data is contained in display list FIFO (DFIFOD)
Bit 13
0
Data in DFIFOD
1
No data in DFIFOD
FF (FIFO Full)
Indicates whether display list FIFO (DFIFOD) is full or not
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
DFIFOD not full
1
DFIFOD full
228
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 14
NF (FIFO Near Full)
Indicates free space in display list FIFO (DFIFOD)
Bit 20 to 15
0
More than half of DFIFOD free
1
Less than half of DFIFOD free
FCNT (FIFO Counter)
Indicates count of free stages (0 to 100000B) of display list FIFO (DFIFOD)
Bit 24
FO (FIFO Overflow)
Indicates whether FIFO overflow occurred
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
0
Normal
1
FIFO overflow
229
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.14 Geometry mode registers
The SetRegister command is used to write values to geometry mode registers. The geometry mode
registers cannot be accessed from the CPU.
GMDR0 (Geometry Mode Register for Vertex)
Register
GeometryBaseAddress + 40H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
Bit field name
CF
R/W
RW
Initial value
0
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DF
ST Z C F
RW
RW RW RW RW
00
0 0 0 0
This register sets the types of parameters input as vertex data and the type of projective
transformation.
Bit 7
CF (Color Format)
Specifies color data format
Bit 6 and 5
0
Independent RGB format / Packed RGB format
1
Reserved
DF (Data Format)
Specifies vertex coordinates data format
00
Specifies floating-point format (Only independent RGB format can be used as color
data format.)
01
Specifies fixed-point format (Only packed RGB format can be used as color data
format.)
10
Reserved
11
Specifies packed integer format (Only packed RGB format can be used as color
data format.)
CF
DF
Input data format
0
00
Floating-point format + independent RGB format
01
Fixed-point format + packed RGB format
10
Reserved
11
Packed integer format + packed RGB format
00
Reserved
01
Reserved
10
Reserved
11
Reserved
1
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
230
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 3
ST (texture S and T data enable)
Sets whether to use texture ST coordinates
Bit 2
0
Not use texture ST coordinates
1
Uses texture ST coordinates
Z (Z data enable)
Sets whether to use Z coordinates
Bit 1
0
Not use Z coordinates
1
Uses Z coordinates
C (Color data enable)
Sets whether to use vertex color
Bit 0
0
Not use vertex color
1
Uses vertex color
F (Frustum mode)
Sets projective transformation mode
0
Orthogonal projection transformation mode
1
Perspective projection transformation mode
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
231
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
GMDR1 (Geometry Mode Register for Line)
Register
GeometryBaseAddress + 44H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
BO
EP
AA
R/W
W
W
W
Initial value
0
0
0
This register sets the geometry mode at line drawing. This register is sharing hardware with GMDR1E,
so that if GMDR1 is changed, the same bit of GMDR1E is also changed.
Bit 4
BO (Broken line Offset)
Sets broken line reference position
Bit 2
0
Broken line reference position not cleared
1
Broken line reference position cleared
EP (End Point mode)
Sets end point drawing mode
Note that the end point is not drawn in line strip.
Bit 0
0
End point not drawn
1
End point drawn
AA (Anti-alias mode)
Sets anti-alias mode
0
Anti-alias not performed
1
Anti-alias performed
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
232
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
GMDR1E (Geometry Mode Register for Line Extension)
Register address (SetGModeRegister)
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name P0
TC
BC
UW BM TM
BP SP
BO
EP
AA
R/W
W
W
W
W W W
W W
W
W
W
Initial value 0
0
0
0 0 0
0 0
0
0
0
This register sets the geometry processing extended mode at line drawing.
The CORAL extended function can be used only when the C, Z, and ST fields of GMDR0 are “0”.
This register is sharing hardware with GMDR1, so that if GMDR1E is changed, the same bit of GMDR1
is also changed.
Bit31
P0 (Primitive Order control)
Sets the drawing control mode for the main, the border, and the shadow primitive.
Recommend to set main bit=1 in anti -aliasing and blending.
0
Draws the order of, main->border->shadow(performance is regarded as important)
Draws the order of , shadow->border->main(blending affect is regarded as important)
1
Bit30
LV (Line Version control)
Specify the Coral line’s algorithm version.
V2.0 is improvement version from V1.0. Recommend V2.0.
Bit 20
0
Version 1.0 ( for backward compatibility )
1
Version 2.0 (Recommended)
TC (Thick line Correct)
Sets the interpolation mode for the bold line joint
0
Interpolation of bold lien joint not performed
Interpolation of bold line joint performed (valid for only CORAL line)
1
Bit 16
BC (Broken line Correct)
Sets the interpolation mode for the dashed-line pattern
0
Interpolation not performed
1
Bit 14
Interpolation performed using dashed-line pattern reference address fixed mode
(valid for only CORAL line)
UW (Uniform line Width)
Sets the line width equalization mode
Bit 13
0
Equalization of line width not performed
1
Equalization of lien width performed (valid for only CORAL line)
BM (Broken line Mode)
Sets the dashed-line pattern mode
0
Dashed-line pattern pasted vertical to principal axis of line (compatible with
CREMSON) (valid for only CREMSON line)
1
Bit 12
Dashed-line pattern pasted vertical to theoretical line
TM (Thick line Mode)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
233
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Sets the bold line mode
0
Bold line drawn vertical to principal axis of line (compatible with CREMSON)
(CREMSON line)
Operation is not assured when TM=0 is used together with TC -1, SP=1, or BP=1.
1
Bold line drawn vertical to theoretical line. (CORAL line)
Operation is not assured when TM=1 is used together with BM=0.
Bit 9
BP (Border Primitive)
Sets the drawing mode for the border primitive
0
Border primitive not drawn
1
Border primitive drawn (valid for only CORAL line)
Bit 8
SP (Shadow Primitive)
Sets the drawing mode for the shadow primitive
0
Shadow primitive not drawn
Shadow primitive drawn (valid for only CORAL line)
1
Bit 4
BO (Broken line Offset)
Sets the reference position of the dashed-line pattern
0
Reference position of dashed-line pattern cleared
Reference position of dashed-line pattern not cleared
1
Bit 2
EP (End Point mode)
Sets the drawing mode for the end point
Note that the end point is always not drawn in line strip(CREMSON line(TN=0))
0
End point not drawn
1
End point drawn
Bit 0
AA (Anti-alias mode)
Sets anti-alias mode
0
Anti-alias not perform ed
1
Anti-alias performed
GMDR2 (Geometry Mode Register for Triangle)
Register address GeometryBaseAddress + 48H
Bit number
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
FD
CF
R/W
Initial value
W
0
W
0
This register sets the geometry processing mode when a triangle is drawn.
Drawing performed using commands in range from G_Begin/G_BeginCont to G_End
Bit 2
FD (Face Definition)
Sets the face definition
0
Face defined as state with vertexes arranged clockwise
1
Face defined as state with vertexes arranged counterclockwise
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
234
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Bit 0
CF (Cull Face)
Sets the drawing mode of the back
0
Back drawn
1
Back not drawn (value disabled for polygons)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
235
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
GMDR2E (Geometry Mode Register for Triangle Extension)
Register address (SetGModeRegister)
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
TL
SP
FD
CF
R/W
W
W
W
W
Initial value
0
0
0
0
This register sets the geometry processing extended mode at triangle drawing.
In case of TL=1 with texture mapping, please set perspective correction.
Non-top-left-part’s pixel quality is less than body. (using approximate calculation)
Bit 10
TL (Top-Left rule mode)
Sets the drawing algorithm
Bit 8
0
Top-left rule applied (compatible with CREMSON)
1
Top-left rule not applied
SP (Shadow Primitive)
Sets the drawing mode for the shadow primitive
Bit 2
0
Shadow primitive not drawn
1
Shadow primitive drawn
FD (Face Definition)
Sets the face definition
Bit 0
0
Face defined as state with vertexes arranged clockwise
1
Face defined as state with vertexes arranged counterclockwise
CF (Cull Face)
Sets the drawing mode of the back
0
Back drawn
1
Back not drawn (value disabled for polygons)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
236
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
10.2.15 Display list FIFO registers
DFIFOG (Geometry Displaylist FIFO with Geometry)
Register
Geometry BaseAddress + 400H
address
Bit number 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit field name
DFIFOG
R/W
W
Initial value
Don’t care
FIFO registers for Display List transfer
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
237
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11 TIMING DIAGRAM
11.1
Host Interface
11.1.1 CPU read/write timing diagram in SH3 mode (Normally Not Ready
Mode)
( MODE[2:0]=000, RDY_MODE=0, BS_MODE=0)
T1
Tsw1
Thw1
T2
T1
Tsw1
Thw1 Thw2
Thw3
T2
BCLKI
A[24:2]
XCS
At Write
At Read
XBS
XRD
D[31:0]
Hi-Z
Valid Data
Valid Data
Hi-Z
XWE[3:0]
D[31:0]
XWAIT
Valid Data IN
Hi-Z
Valid Data IN
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
SoftWait HardWait NotWait
SoftWait HardWait HardWait HardWait
Not Wait
¡: XWAIT sampling in SH3 mode
× : Soft Wait (1 cycle) in SH3 mode
T1:
Read/write start cycle (XRDY in wait state)
Tsw*: Software wait insertion cycle (1 cycle setting)
Thw*: Hardware wait insertion cycle (XRDY cancels the wait state after the preparations)
T2:
Read/write end cycle (XRDY ends in wait state)
Fig. 10.1 Read/Write Timing Diagram for SH3 (Normally Not Ready Mode)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
238
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.2 CPU read/write timing diagram in SH3 mode (Normally Ready Mode)
( MODE[2:0]=000, RDY_MODE=1, BS_MODE=0)
T1
Tsw1
Tsw2
T2
T1
Tsw1
Tsw2
Thw1
Thw2
T2
BCLKI
A[24:2]
XCS
At Read
XBS
XRD
At Write
D[31:0]
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
Valid Data
Valid Data
XWE[3:0]
D[31:0]
Valid Data IN
XWAIT
Valid Data IN
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
SoftWait SoftWait NotWait
Hi-Z
SoftWait SoftWait HardWait HardWait NotWait
¡ : XWAIT sampling in SH3 mode
× : Soft Wait (2 cycles) in SH3 mode
T1:
Read/write start cycle (XRDY in not wait state)
Tsw*: Software wait insertion cycle (2-cycle setting required)
Thw*: Hardware wait insertion cycle (In hardware state when the immediate accessing is disabled)
T2:
Read/write end cycle (XRDY ends in not wait state)
Fig. 10.2 Read/Write Timing Diagram for SH3 (Normally Ready Mode)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
239
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.3 CPU read/write timing diagram in SH4 mode (Normally Not Ready
Mode)
( MODE[2:0]=001, RDY_MODE=0, BS_MODE=0)
T1
Tsw1
Thw1
T2
T1
Tsw1
Thw1 Thw2
Thw3
T2
BCLKI
A[24:2]
XCS
XBS
At Read
XRD
Hi-Z
At Write
D[31:0]
Valid Data OUT
Valid Data OUT
XWE[3:0]
D[31:0]
XRDY
Valid Data IN
Valid Data IN
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
SoftWaiit HardWait
Ready
SoftWait HardWait HardWait HardWait
Ready
¡ : XRDY sampling in SH4 mode
× : Soft Wait (1 cycle) in SH4 mode
T1:
Read/write start cycle (XRDY in the not ready state)
Tsw*: Software wait insertion cycle (1 cycle)
Twh*: Hardware wait insertion cycle (XRDY asserts Ready after the preparations)
T2:
Read/write end cycle (XRDY ends in not ready state)
Fig. 10.3 Read/Write Timing Diagram for SH4 Mode (Normally Not Ready Mode)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
240
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.4 CPU read/write timing diagram in SH4 mode (Normally Ready Mode)
( MODE[2:0]=001, RDY_MODE=1, BS_MODE=0)
T1
Tsw1
Tsw2
T2
T1
Tsw1
Tsw2
Thw1
Thw2
T2
BCLKI
A[24:2]
XCS
At Read
XBS
XRD
Hi-Z
At Write
D[31:0]
Valid Data OUT
Valid Data OUT
XWE[3:0]
D[31:0]
XRDY
Valid Data IN
Valid Data IN
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
SoftWaiit SoftWait
Ready
SoftWait SoftWait HardWait HardWait Ready
¡ : XRDY sampling in SH4 mode
× : Soft Wait (2 cycles) in SH4 mode
T1:
Read/write start cycle (XRDY in ready state)
Tsw*: Software wait insertion cycle (2-cycle setting required)
Twh*: Hardware wait insertion cycle (XRDY asserts Ready after the preparations)
T2:
Read/write end cycle (XRDY ends in ready state.)
Fig. 10.4 CPU Read/Write Timing Diagram for SH4 Mode (Normally Ready Mode)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
241
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.5 CPU read/write timing diagram in V832 mode (Normally Not Ready
Mode)
( MODE[2:0]=010, RDY_MODE=0, BS_MODE=0)
T1
Tsw1 Thw1
T2
T1
Tsw1 Thw1 Thw2 Thw3
T2
BCLKI
A[23:2]
XCS
At Read
XB1CYST
XMRD(XIORD)
D[31:0]
Hi-Z
Valid Data
OUT
Valid Data
OUT
Hi-Z
At Write
XMWR(XIOWR)
XXXBEN[3:0]
D[31:0]
XREADY
Valid Data IN
Valid Data IN
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
SoftWaiit HardWait Ready
SoftWait HardWait HardWait HardWait Ready
¡: XREADY sampling in V832 mode
T1:
Read/write start cycle (XREADY in not ready state)
×: Soft Wait (1 cycle) in V832 mode
Tsw*: Software wait insertion cycle
Twh*: Hardware wait insertion cycle (XREADY asserts Ready after the preparations)
T2:
Read/write end cycle (XREADY ends in not ready state)
Notes:
1.The XxxBEN signal is used only for a write from the CPU; it is not used for a read from the
CPU.
2.The CPU always inserts one cycle wait after read access.
Fig. 10.5 Read/Write Timing Diagram in V832 Mode (Normally Not Ready Mode)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
242
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.6 CPU read/write timing diagram in V832 mode (Normally Ready
Mode)
( MODE[2:0]=010, RDY_MODE=1, BS_MODE=0)
T1
Tsw1
Tsw2
T2
T1
Tsw1
Tsw2 Thw1
Thw2
T2
BCLKI
A[23:2]
XCS
At Write
At Read
XBCYST
XMRD(XIORD)
D[31:0]
Hi-Z
Valid Data
OUT
Valid Data
OUT
Hi-Z
XMWR(XIOWR)
XXXBEN[3:0])
D[31:0]
XREADY
Valid Data IN
Valid Data IN
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
SoftWaiit SoftWait
Ready
SoftWait SoftWait HardWait HardWait Ready
¡: XREADY sampling in V832 mode
× : Soft Wait (2 cycles) in V832 mode
T1:
Read/write start cycle (XREADY in ready state)
Tsw*: Software wait insertion cycle (2-cycle setting required)
Twh*: Hardware wait insertion cycle (XREADY asserts Ready after the preparations)
T2:
Read/write end cycle (XREADY ends in ready state)
Notes:
1.The XxxBEN signal is used only for a write from the CPU; it is not used for a read from the
CPU.
2.The CPU always inserts one cycle wait after read access.
Fig. 10.6
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Read/Write Timing Diagram in V832 Mode (Normally Ready Mode)
243
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.7 CPU read/write timing diagram in SPARClite (Normally Not Ready
Mode)
( MODE[2:0]=011, RDY_MODE=0, BS_MODE=0)
T1
Tsw1
Thw1
T2
T1
Tsw1
Thw1
Thw2
Thw3
T2
CLKINI
ADR[23:2]
CS#
At Write
At Read
AS#
RDWR#
D[31:0]
Hi-Z
Valid Data
Hi-Z
Valid Data
RDWR#
BE[3:0]#
D[31:0]
READY#
Valid Data IN
Valid Data IN
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
SoftWaiit HardWait Ready
Hi-Z
SoftWait HardWait HardWait HardWait Ready
¡: READY# sampling in SPARClite
×: Soft Wait (1 cycle) in SPARClite
T1:
Read/write start cycle (READY# in not ready state)
Tsw*: Software wait insertion cycle
Twh*: Hardware wait insertion cycle (READY# asserts Ready after the preparations)
T2:
Read/write end cycle (READY# ends in not ready state)
Note: BE# signal is used only for a write from the CPU; it is not used for a read from the CPU.
Fig. 10.7 Read/Write Timing Diagram in SPARClite (Normally Not Ready Mode)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
244
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.8 CPU read/write timing diagram in SPARClite (Normally Ready Mode)
( MODE[2:0]=011, RDY_MODE=1, BS_MODE=0)
T1
Tsw1
Tsw1
T2
T1
Tsw1
Tsw1
Thw1
Thw2
T2
CLKINI
ADR[23:2]
CS#
At Read
AS#
RDWR#
D[31:0]
Hi-Z
Valid Data
Hi-Z
Valid Data
At Write
RDWR#
BE#[3:0]
D[31:0]
READY#
Valid Data IN
Valid Data IN
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
SoftWaiit SoftWait Ready
Hi-Z
SoftWait HardWait HardWait HardWait
Ready
¡: READY# sampling in SPARClite
× : Soft Wait (1 cycle) in SPARClite
T1:
Read/write start cycle (READY# in ready state)
Tsw*: Software wait insertion cycle (2-cycle setting required)
Twh*: Hardware wait insertion cycle (READY# asserts Ready after the preparations)
T2:
Read/write end cycle (READY# ends in ready state)
Note: BE# signal is used only for a write from the CPU; it is not used for a read from the CPU.
Fig. 10.8 Read/Write Timing Diagram in SPARClite (Normally Ready Mode)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
245
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.9 SH4 single-address DMA write (transfer of 1 long word)
BCLKIN
D[31:0]
DREQ
DRACK
Acceptance
Acceptance
Acceptance
DTACK
Bus cycle
CPU
DMAC
*1
DMAC
CPU *1
¡:
DREQ sampling and channel priority determination for SH mode (DREQ = level detection)
*1:
In the cycle steal mode, even when DREQ is already asserted at the 2nd DREQ sampling, the
right to use the bus is returned to the CPU temporarily. In the burst mode, DMAC secures the
right to use the bus unless DREQ is negated.
Fig. 10.9
SH4 Single-address DMA Write (Transfer of 1 Long Word)
CORAL writes data according to the DTACK assert timing. When data cannot be received, the DREQ
signal is automatically negated. And then the DREQ signal is reasserted as soon as data reception is
ready.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
246
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.10 SH4 single-address DMA write (transfer of 8 long words)
BCLKIN
D[31:0]
DREQ
DRACK
Acceptance
Acceptance
DTACK
Bus cycle
¡:
CPU
DMAC
CPU
DREQ sampling and channel priority determination for SH mode (DREQ = level detection)
Fig. 10.10 SH4 Single-address DMA Write (Transfer of 8 Long Words)
After the CPU has asserted DRACK, CORAL negates DREQ and receives 32-byte data in line with the
DTACK assertion timing. As soon as the next data is ready to be received, CORAL reasserts DREQ
but the reassertion timing depends on the internal status.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
247
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.11 SH3/4 dual-address DMA (transfer of 1 long word)
BCLKIN
DREQ
Source address
Destination address
Source address
Destination address
A[24:2]
Read
Write
Read
Write
D[31:0]
For the CORAL, the read/write operation is performed according to the SRAM protocol.
Fig. 10.11 SH3/4 Dual-address DMA (Transfer of 1 Long Word)
In the dual-address mode, the DREQ signal is kept asserted until the transfer ends by default.
Consequently, when CORAL cannot return the ready signal immediately, in order to negate the DREQ
signal set the DBM register.
11.1.12 SH3/4 dual-address DMA (transfer of 8 long words)
BCLKIN
DREQ
Source address
Destination address
………
A[24:2]
Read 1
D[31:0]
Read 2 ………
………
………
Read 8
Write 1
Write 2 ………
………
Write 8
For the CORAL, the read/write operation is performed according to the SRAM protocol.
Fig. 10.12 SH3/4 Dual-address DMA (Transfer of 8 Long Words)
In the dual-address mode, the DREQ signal is kept asserted until the transfer ends by default.
Consequently, when CORAL cannot return the ready signal immediately, in order to negate the DREQ
signal set the DBM register.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
248
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.13 V832 DMA transfer
BCLKIN
DMARQ
DMAAK
Source address
Destination address
Source address
Destination address
A[23:2]
Read
Write
Read
Write
D[31:0]
For the CORAL, the read/write operation is performed according to the SRAM protocol.
Fig. 10.13 V832 DMA Transfer
In the dual-address mode, the DREQ signal is kept asserted until the transfer ends by default.
Consequently, when CORAL cannot return the ready signal immediately, in order to negate the DREQ
signal set the DBM register.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
249
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.14 SH4 single-address DMA transfer end timing
BCLKIN
D[31:0]
DREQ
DRACK
Acceptance
Acceptance
DTACK
Last data
¡:
DREQ sampling and channel priority determination for SH mode (DREQ = level detection)
Fig. 10.14 SH4 Single-address DMA Transfer End Timing
DREQ is negated three cycles after DRACK is written as the last data.
11.1.15 SH3/4 dual-address DMA transfer end timing
BCLKIN
DREQ
DRACK
Source address
Destination address
A[24:2]
Read
Write
D[31:0]
DTACK
For the CORAL, the read/write operation is performed according to the SRAM protocol.
Fig. 10.15 SH3/4 Dual-address DMA Transfer End Timing
DREQ is negated three cycles after DRACK is written as the last data.
Note: When the dual address mode (DMA) is used, the DTACK signal is not used.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
250
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.16 V832 DMA transfer end timing
BCLKIN
DMARQ
Destination address
Source address
A[24:2]
D[31:0]
Write
Read
DMAAK
XTC
For the CORAL, the read/write operation is performed according to the SRAM protocol.
Fig. 10.16 V832 DMA Transfer End Timing
DMMAK and XTC are logic ANDed inside CORAL to end DMA.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
251
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.17 SH4 dual DMA write without ACK
1
2
3
4
CLK
/DREQ
When CORAL can not receive
data immediately, DREQ
negation continues.
/BS
While DREQ is issued at each
write access to CORAL, DREQ
is negated at every four
cycles..
/RD
/WE[3:0]
ADDRESS
SAR
DAR
/CS(CORAL)
Right to use bus
CPU
DMAC
Fig. 10.17 DREQ Negate Timing for Each Transfer
At each DMA transfer, DREQ is negated and then reasserted at the next cycle.
Only the FIFO address can be used as the destination address.
When CORAL cannot receive data immediately, DREQ negation continues. At that time, the negate
timing is not only above diagram.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
252
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.1.18 Dual-address DMA (without ACK) end timing
/DREQ
Right to use bus
CPU
DMAC
CPU
DMAC
CPU
Fig. 10.18 Dual-address DMA (without ACK) End Timing
Example: DMA operation when DMA transfer performed twice
(1) The CPU accesses the DREQ issue register (DRQ) of Coral to issue DREQ.
(2) The right to use bus is transferred from the CPU to the DMAC.
(3) In the first DMAC cycle, write is performed to CORAL and DREQ is negated; DREQ is reasserted in
the next cycle.
(4) The right to use bus is returned to the CPU and the DREQ edge is detected, so the right to use bus is
transferred to the DMAC.
(5) The second write operation is performed and DREQ is negated, but DREQ is reasserted because
CORAL does not recognize that the transfer has ended.
(6) The right to use bus is transferred to the CPU, so the CPU writes to the DTS register of CORAL to
negate DREQ.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
253
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.2
Graphics Memory Interface
The CORAL access timing and graphics memory access timing are explained here.
11.2.1 Timing of read access to same row address
MCLKO
MRAS
TRCD
MCAS
MWE
MA
ROW
COL
COL
COL
COL
DATA
DATA
CL
MD
DATA
DATA
DQM
ROW: Row Address
COL: Column Address
DATA: READ DATA
TRCD: RAS to CAS Delay Time
CL: CAS Latency
*Timing when CL2 operating
Fig. 10.19 Timing of Read Access to Same Row Address
The above timing diagram shows that read access is made four times from CORAL to the same row
address of SDRAM. The ACTV command is issued and then the READ command is issued after
TRCD elapses. Then data that is output after the elapse of CL after the READ command is issued is
captured into CORAL.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
254
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.2.2 Timing of read access to different row addresses
MCLKO
TRAS
TRP
MRAS
TRCD
TRCD
MCAS
MWE
MA
ROW
COL
ROW
COL
CL
MD
CL
DATA
DATA
DQM
ROW: Row Address
COL: Column Address
DATA: READ DATA
TRAS: RAS Active Time
TRCD: RAS to CAS Delay Time
CL: CAS Latency
TRP: RAS Precharge Time
*Timing when CL2 operating
Fig. 10.20 Timing of Read Access to Different Row Addresses
The above timing diagram shows that read access is made from CORAL to different row addresses of
SDRAM. The first and next address to be read fall across an SDRAM page boundary, so the
Pre-charge command is issued at the timing satisfying TRAS, and then after the elapse of TRP, the
ACTV command is reissued, and then the READ command is issued.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
255
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.2.3 Timing of write access to same row address
MCLKO
MRAS
TRCD
MCAS
MWE
MA
ROW
MD
COL
COL
COL
COL
DATA
DATA
DATA
DATA
DQM
ROW: Row Address
COL: Column Address
DATA: READ DATA
TRCD: RAS to CAS Delay Time
Fig. 10.21 Timing of Write Access to Same Row Address
The above timing diagram shows that write access is made form times form CORAL to the same row
address of SDRAM.
The ACTV command is issued, and then after the elapse of TRCD, the WRITE command is issued to
write to SDRAM.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
256
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.2.4 Timing of write access to different row addresses
MCLKO
TRAS
TRP
MRAS
TRCD
TRCD
MCAS
MWE
MA
ROW
COL
MD
ROW
DATA
COL
DATA
DQM
ROW: Row Address
COL: Column Address
DATA: READ DATA
TRAS: RAS Active Time
TRCD: RAS to CAS Delay Time
TRP: RAS Precharge Time
Fig. 10.22 Timing of Write Access to Different Row Addresses
The above timing diagram shows that write access is made from CORAL to different row addresses of
SDRAM. The first and next address to be write fall across an SDRAM page boundary, so the
Pre-charge command is issued at the timing satisfying TRAS, and then after the elapse of TRP, the
ACTV command is reissued, and then the WRITE command is issued.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
257
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.2.5 Timing of read/write access to same row address
MCLKO
MRAS
TRCD
MCAS
MWE
MA
ROW
COL
COL
CL
MD
LOWD
DATA
DATA
DQM
ROW: Row Address
COL: Column Address
DATA: READ DATA
TRAS: RAS Active Time
TRCD: RAS to CAS Delay Time
CL: CAS Latency
TRP: RAS Precharge Time
LOWD: Last Output to Write Command Delay
Timing when CL2 operating
Fig. 10.23 Timing of Read/Write Access to Same Row Address
The above timing diagram shows that write access is made immediately after read access is made
from CORAL to the same row address of SDRAM.
Read data is output from SDRAM, LOWD elapses, and then the WRITE command is issued.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
258
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.2.6 Delay between ACTV commands
MCLKO
TRRD
MRAS
MCAS
MWE
MA
ROW
ROW
ROW: Row Address
TRRD: RAS to RAS Bank Active Delay Time
Fig.10.24
Delay between ACTV Commands
The ACTV command is issued from CORAL to the row address of SDRAM after the elapse of TRRD
after issuance of the previous ACTV command.
11.2.7 Delay between Refresh command and next ACTV command
MCLKO
TRC
MRAS
MCAS
MWE
MA
ROW
ROW: Row Address
TRC: RAS Cycle Time
Fig. 10.25 Delay between Refresh Command and Next ACTV Command
The ACTV command is issued after the elapse of TRC after issuance of the Refresh command.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
259
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.3
Display Timing
11.3.1 Non-interlace mode
VTR+1 rasters
VSP+1 rasters
VSW+1 rasters
VDP+1 rasters
Ri/Gi/Bi
DISPE
HSYNC
VSYNC
Assert Frame interrupt
Assert VSYNC interrupt
Ri/Gi/Bi
DISPE
HSYNC
Latency=14clocks
HDP+1 clocks
HSP+1 clocks
HSW+1 clocks
HTP+1 clocks
DCLKO
Ri/Gi/Bi
1
2
3
n-2
n-1
n = HDP+1
DISPE
Fig. 10.26
Non-interlace Timing
In the above diagram, VTR, HDP, etc., are the setting values of their associated registers.
The VSYNC/frame interrupt is asserted when display of the last raster ends. When updating display
parameters, synchronize with the frame interrupt so no display disturbance occurs. Calculation for the
next frame is started immediately after the vertical synchronization pulse is asserted, so the
parameters must be updated by the time that calculation is started.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
260
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.3.2 Interlace video mode
VTR+1 rasters (odd field)
VSP+1 rasters
VSW+1 rasters
VDP+1 rasters
Ri/Gi/Bi
HSYNC
VSYNC
Assert Vsync Interrupt
Ri/Gi/Bi
HSYNC
VSYNC
VDP+1 rasters
VSP+1 rasters
VSW+1 rasters
VTR+1 rasters (even field)
Assert Frame Interrupt
Assert Vsync Interrupt
Fig. 10.27 Interlace Video Timing
In the above diagram, VTR, HDP, etc., are the setting values of their associated registers.
The interlace mode also operates at the same timing as the interlace video mode. The only difference
between the two modes is the output image data.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
261
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.3.3 Composite synchronous signal
When the EEQ bit of the DCM register is “0”, the CSYNC signal output waveform is as shown below.
even field
odd field
odd field
even field
CSYNC
VSYNC
CSYNC
VSYNC
Fig 10.28 Composite Synchronous Signal without Equalizing Pulse
When the EEQ bit of the DCM register is “1”, the equalizing pulse is inserted into the CSYNC signal,
producing the waveform shown below.
even field
odd field
odd field
even field
CSYNC
VSYNC
CSYNC
VSYNC
Fig 10.29 Composite Synchronous Signal with Equalizing Pulse
The equalizing pulse is inserted when the vertical blanking time period starts. It is also inserted three
times after the vertical synchronization time period has elapsed.
CAUTIONS
11.4
CPU Cautions
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
262
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
1) Enable the hardware wait for the areas to which CORAL is connected. When the normally not ready
mode (RDY_MODE = 0) is used, set the software wait count to “1”. When the normally ready mode
(RDY_MODE = 1) is used, set the count to “2”. When the normally ready mode is used
(RDY_MODE = 1) and BS_MODE = L, set the software wait to 2. When the normally ready mode is
enabled and BS_MODE = H, set the software wait to “3”.
2) When starting DMA by issuing an external request, do so after setting the transfer count register
(DTCR) and mode setting register (DSUR) of CORAL to the same value as the CPU setting. In the
dual DMA without ACK mode or V832 mode, there is no need to set DTCR.
3) When CORAL is read-/write-accessed from the CPU during DMA transfer, do not access the registers
and memories related to DMA transfer. If these registers and memories are accessed, reading and
writing of the correct value is not assured.
4) Set DREQ (DMARQ) to “Low” level detection.
5) Set the DACK/DRACK of SH to high active output, DMAAK of V832 to high active, and XTC of V832
to low active.
11.5
SH3 Mode
1) When the XRDY pin is low, it is in the wait state.
2) DMA transfer in the single-address mode is not supported.
3) DMA transfer in the dual-address mode supports the direct address transfer mode, but does not
support the indirect address transfer mode.
4) 16-byte DMA transfer in the dual-address mode is not supported.
5) The XINT signal asserts low active signal.
11.6
SH4 Mode
1) When the XRDY pin is low, it is in the ready state.
2) At DMA transfer in the single-address mode, transfer from the main memory (SH memory) to FIFO of
CORAL can be performed, but transfer from CORAL to the main memory cannot be performed.
3) DMA transfer in the single-address mode is performed in units of 32 bits or 32 bytes.
4) SH4-mode 32-byte DMA transfer in the dual-address mode supports inter-memory transfer, but does
not support transfer from memory to FIFO.
5) The XINT signal asserts low active signal.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
263
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
11.7
V832 Mode
1) When the XRDY pin is low, it is in the ready state.
2) Set the active level of DMAAK to high active in V832 mode.
3) DMA transfer supports the single transfer and demand transfer modes.
4) The XINT signal asserts high active signal. Set the V832-mode registers to high level trigger.
11.8
SPARClite
1) When the XRDY pin is low, it is in the ready state.
2) The SPARClite does not support the DMA transfer that issues the DREQ.
3) The XINT signal asserts low active signal.
11.9
Supported DMA Transfer Modes
Single address mode
SH3
Dual address mode
Not supported
Direct address transfer mode supported; indirect address
transfer mode not supported.
Transfer is performed in 32-bit units.
Cycle steal mode and burst mode supported.
SH4
Transfer performed in units of 32
bits or 32 bytes
Cycle steal mode and burst mode
supported
V832
Transfer is performed in 32-bit units. Transfer to
memory is performed in 32-byte units. Transfer to FIFO
not supported. Cycle steal mode and burst mode
supported.
Transfer is performed in 32-bit units.
Single transfer mode and demand transfer mode
supported.
SPARC
lite
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
264
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
12.1
Introduction
The values in this chapter are the final specification for CORAL-LQ.
12.2
Maximum Rating
Maximum Rating
Parameter
*1
Symbol
Power supply voltage
VDDL
VDDH
Input voltage
*1
Maximum rating
Unit
-0.5 < VDDL < 2.5
-0.5 < VDDH < 4.0
V
VI
-0.5 < VI < VDDH+0.5 (<4.0)
V
Output current
IO
±13
mA
Ambient for storage
temperature
TST
-55 < TST < +125
°C
Includes PLL power supply
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
265
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.3
Recommended Operating Conditions
12.3.1 Recommended operating conditions
Recommended Operating Conditions
Parameter
Symbol
Rating
Unit
Min.
Typ.
Max.
1.65
3.0
1.8
3.3
1.95
3.6
V
Supply voltage
VDDL *1
VDDH
Input voltage (High level)
VIH
2.0
VDDH+0.3
V
Input voltage (low level)
VIL
−0.3
0.8
V
Ambient temperature for operation
TA
-40
85
°C
*1
Includes PLL power supply
12.3.2 Note at power-on
• There is no restriction on the sequence of power-on/power-off between VDDL and VDDH . However, do not
apply only VDDH for more than a few seconds.
• Do not input HSYNC, VSYNC, and EO signals when the power supply voltage is not applied. (See the
input voltage item in Maximum rating.)
• There are three reset sequences as described next page. And please input at least 10 BCLK cycles to
BCLK pin before XRST negated.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
266
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
(1) TRST, S, XRST are changed from “Low” to “High” levels in this order:
TRST
S
XRST
More than 500ns
More than 500ns
300µs
Immediately after power-on, input the “Low” level to the TRST pin for 500 ns or more. After the TRST
pin is set to “High” level, input the “Low” level to the S pin for 500 ns or more. After the S pin is set to
“High” level, input the “Low” level to the XRST pin for 300 µs or more.
(2) S is changed from “Low” to “High” levels and then TRST and XRST are changed from “Low” to “High”
levels simultaneously (TRST = XRST is possible):
S
TRST
XRST
More than 500ns
300µs
Immediately after power-on, input the “Low” level to the S pin for 500 ns or more. After the S pin is
set to “High” level, input the “Low” level to the TRST and XRST pins for 300 µs or more.
There is no restriction on the input sequence to the XRST and TRST pins.
(3) S and TRST are changed from “Low” to “High” levels simultaneously and then XRST is changed from
“Low” to “High” levels (S = TRST is possible):
S
TRST
XRST
More than 500ns
300µs
Immediately after power-on, input the “Low” level to the S and TRST pins for 500 ns or more. After
the S and TRST pins are set to “High” level, input the “Low” level to the XRST pin for 300 µs or more.
There is no restriction on the input sequence to the S and TRST pins.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
267
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.4
DC Characteristics
12.4.1 DC Characteristics
Measuring condition:
Parameter
Output voltage*1
(“High” level)
Output voltage*2
(“Low” level)
Output current
(“High” level)
Output current
VDDL = 1.8 ± 1.5 V, VDDH = 3.3 ± 0.3 V, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -40 to +85°C
Rating
Unit
Symbol
Condition
VOH
IOH=-100uA
VDDH-0.2
VDDH
V
VOL
IOL=100uA
0.0
0.2
V
--
VDDH=3.3V±0.3V
(*1)
mA
--
VDDH=3.3V±0.3V
(*1)
mA
Min.
Typ.
Max.
(“Low” level)
Input leakage current
IL
±5
µA
Pin capacitance
C
16
pF
*1: Please refer “V-I characteristics diagram”.
L Type: Output characteristics of MD0-63, MDQM0-7, R2-7, G2-7, B2-7 pins
M Type: Output characteristics of pins other than signals indicated by L type and H type
H Type: Output characteristics of XINT, DREQ, XRDY, MCLKO pins
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
268
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.4.2 V-I characteristics diagram
Condition
MAX: Process=Slow, Ta=85°C, V DD=3.6V
TYP: Process=Typical, Ta=25°C, V DD=3.3V
MIN: Process=Fast, Ta=-40°C, V DD=3.0V
Fig. V-I characteristics L, M type
Condition
MAX: Process=Slow, Ta=85°C, V DD=3.6V
TYP: Process=Typical, Ta=25°C, V DD=3.3V
MIN: Process=Fast, Ta=-40°C, V DD=3.0V
Fig. V-I characteristics H type
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
269
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.5
AC Characteristics
12.5.1 Host interface
Clock
Parameter
Symbol
Condition
Min.
Rating
Typ.
Max.
100
Unit
BCLKI frequency
fBCLKI
BCLKI H-width
tHBCLKI
1
MHz
ns
BCLKI L-width
tLBCLKI
1
ns
Host interface signals
(Operating condition: external load = 20 pF)
Parameter
Symbol
Condition
Rating
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
Address set up time
tADS
3.0
ns
Address hold time
tADH
0.0
ns
XBS Set up time
tBSS
3.0
ns
XBS Hold time
tBSH
0.0
ns
XCS Set up time
tCSS
3.0
ns
XCS Hold time
tCSH
0.0
ns
XRD Set up time
tRDS
3.0
ns
XRD Hold time
tRDH
0.0
ns
XWE Set up time
tWES
5.0
ns
XWE Hold time
tWEH
0.0
ns
Write data set up time
tWDS
3.5
ns
Write data hold time
tWDH
0.0
ns
DTACK Set up time
tDAKS
3.0
ns
DTACK Hold time
tDAKH
0.0
ns
DRACK Set up time
tDRKS
3.0
ns
DRACK Hold time
tDRKH
0.0
ns
Read data delay time (for XRD)
tRDDZ
4.5
10.5
ns
Read data delay time
tRDD
4.5
9.5
ns
XRDY Delay time (for XCS)
tRDYDZ
3.5
7.0
ns
XRDY Delay time
tRDYD
2.5
6.0
ns
XINT Delay time
tINTD
3.0
7.0
ns
DREQ Delay time
tDQRD
3.5
7.0
ns
MODE Hold time
tMODH
20.0
ns
*2
*1
*1
Hold time required for canceling reset
*2
Valid data is output at assertion of XRDY and is retained until XRD is negated.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
270
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.5.2 Video interface
Clock
Parameter
Symbol
Condition
Rating
Min.
Typ.
Max.
14.318
Unit
CLK Frequency
fCLK
MHz
CLK H-width
tHCLK
25
ns
CLK L-width
tLCLK
25
ns
DCLKI Frequency
fDCLKI
DCLKI H-width
tHDCLKI
5
ns
DCLKI L-width
tLDCLKI
5
ns
DCLKO frequency
fDCLKO
67
67
MHz
MHz
Input signals
Parameter
Symbol
Condition
Rating
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
tWHSYNC0
*1
3
clock
tWHSYNC1
*2
3
clock
HSYNC Input setup time
tSHSYNC
*2
10
ns
HSYNC Input hold time
tHHSYNC
*2
10
ns
1
HSYNC
1 cycle
HSYNC Input pulse width
VSYNC Input pulse width
tWHSYNC1
*1
Applied only in PLL synchronization mode (CKS = 0), reference clock output from internal PLL
(cycle = 1/14*fCLK)
*2
Applied only in DCLKI synchronization mode (CKS = 1), reference clock = DCLKI
Output signals
Parameter
Symbol
Condition
Rating
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
RGB Output delay time
TRGB
2
10
ns
DISPE Output delay time
tDEO
2
10
ns
HSYNC Output delay time
tDHSYNC
2
10
ns
VSYNC Output delay time
tDVSYNC
2
10
ns
CSYNC Output delay time
tDCSYNC
2
10
ns
GV Output delay time
tDGV
2
10
ns
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
271
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.5.3 Graphics memory interface
Condition: Clock frequency=133MHz, 100MHz, BCLK. Printed-wiring is isometry.
An assumed external capacitance
Parameter
An assumed external capacitance
Min
Typ
Unit
Max
Board pattern
5.0
15.0
pF
SDRAM (CLK)
2.5
4.0
pF
SDRAM (D)
4.0
6.5
pF
SDRAM (A, DQM)
2.5
5.0
pF
Clock
Parameter
*1
Symbol
Condition
Rating
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
MCLKO Frequency
fMCLKO
MCLKO H-width
tHMCLKO
1.0
ns
MCLKO L-width
tLMCLKO
1.0
ns
MCLKI Frequency
fMCLKI
MCLKI H-width
tHMCLKI
1.0
ns
MCLKI L-width
tLMCLKI
1.0
ns
*1
*1
MHz
MHz
For the bus-asynchronous mode, the frequency is 1/3 of the oscillation frequency of the internal
PLL. For the bus-synchronous mode, the frequency is the same as the frequency of BCLKI.
Input signals
Parameter
*2
Symbol
Condition
Rating
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
MD Input data setup time
tMDIDS
*2
2.0
ns
MD Input data hold time
tMDIDH
*2
0.7
ns
It means against MCLKI.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
272
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
There are some cases regarding AC specifications of output signals.
The following tables shows typical six cases of external SDRFAM capacitance.
(1) External SDRAM capacitance case 1
External SDRAM capacitance
SDRAM x1
Total capacitance
Unit
MCLKO
9.9pF (DRAM CLK 2.5pF, Board pattern 5pF)
pF
MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE
7.5pF (DRAM A.DQM 2.5pF, Board pattern 5pF)
pF
MD,DQM
9.0pF (DRAM D 4pF, Board pattern 5pF)
pF
Output signals
Parameter
Symbol
MCLKI signal delay time against
MCLKO
MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE
Access time
Condition
Rating *1
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
tDID
0
4.2
ns
tMAD
1.0
5.0
ns
MDQM Access time
tMDQMD
1.1
5.4
ns
MD Output access time
tMDOD
1.1
5.4
ns
(2) External SDRAM capacitance case 2
External SDRAM capacitance
SDRAM x1
Total capacitance
Unit
MCLKO
25.4pF (DRAM CLK 4.0pF, Board pattern 15pF)
pF
MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE
20.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 5pF, Board pattern 15pF)
pF
MD,DQM
21.5pF (DRAM D 6.5pF, Board pattern 15pF)
pF
Output signals
Parameter
Symbol
Condition
Rating *1
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
MCLKI signal delay time against
MCLKO
tDID
0
3.5
ns
MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE
Access time
tMAD
1.0
5.2
ns
MDQM Access time
tMDQMD
1.2
5.5
ns
MD Output access time
tMDOD
1.2
5.5
ns
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
273
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
(3) External SDRAM capacitance case 3
External SDRAM capacitance
SDRAM x2
Total capacitance
Unit
MCLKO
12.4pF (DRAM CLK 2.5pF x2, Board pattern 5pF)
pF
MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE
10.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 2.5pF x2, Board pattern 5pF)
pF
MD,DQM
9.0pF (DRAM D 4pF, Board pattern 5pF)
pF
Output signals
Parameter
Symbol
MCLKI signal delay time against
MCLKO
MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE
Access time
Condition
Rating *1
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
tDID
0
4.1
ns
tMAD
1.0
5.0
ns
MDQM Access time
tMDQMD
1.1
5.2
ns
MD Output access time
tMDOD
1.1
5.2
ns
(4) External SDRAM capacitance case 4
External SDRAM capacitance
SDRAM x2
Total capacitance
Unit
MCLKO
29.4pF (DRAM CLK 4.0pF x2, Board pattern 15pF)
pF
MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE
25.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 5pF x2, Board pattern 15pF)
pF
MD,DQM
21.5pF (DRAM D 6.5pF, Board pattern 15pF)
pF
Output signals
Parameter
Symbol
Condition
Rating *1
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
MCLKI signal delay time against
MCLKO
tDID
0
3.4
ns
MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE
Access time
tMAD
1.1
5.4
ns
MDQM Access time
tMDQMD
1.1
5.5
ns
MD Output access time
tMDOD
1.1
5.5
ns
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
274
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
(5) External SDRAM capacitance case 5
External SDRAM capacitance
SDRAM x4
Total capacitance
Unit
MCLKO
17.4pF (DRAM CLK 2.5pF x4, Board pattern 5pF)
pF
MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE
15.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 2.5pF x4, Board pattern 5pF)
pF
MD,DQM
9.0pF (DRAM D 4pF, Board pattern 5pF)
pF
Output signals
Parameter
Symbol
Condition
Rating *1
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
MCLKI signal delay time against
MCLKO
tDID
0
3.9
ns
MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE
Access time
tMAD
1.0
5.2
ns
MDQM Access time
tMDQMD
1.0
5.0
ns
MD Output access time
tMDOD
1.0
5.0
ns
(6) External SDRAM capacitance case 6
External SDRAM capacitance
SDRAM x4
Total capacitance
Unit
MCLKO
37.3pF (DRAM CLK 4.0pF x4, Board pattern 15pF)
pF
MA,MRAS,MCAS,MWE
35.0pF (DRAM A.DQM 5pF x4, Board pattern 15pF)
pF
MD,DQM
21.5pF (DRAM D 6.5pF, Board pattern 15pF)
pF
Output signals
Parameter
MCLKI signal delay time against
MCLKO
MA, MRAS, MCAS, MWE
Access time
Symbol
Condition
Rating *1
Min.
Typ.
Max.
Unit
tDID
0
3.4
ns
tMAD
1.2
5.7
ns
MDQM Access time
tMDQMD
1.0
5.3
ns
MD Output access time
tMDOD
1.0
5.3
ns
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
275
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.5.4 PLL specifications
Parameter
Description
Input frequency (typ.)
14.31818 MHz
Output frequency
400.9090 MHz
× 28
Duty ratio
101.6 to 93.0%
H/L Pulse width ratio of PLL output
Jitter
60 to -60 ps
Frequency tolerant of two consecutive
clock cycles
CLKSEL1
*1
Rating
CLKSEL1
Input frequency
Assured operation range (*1)
L
L
13.5 MHz
13.365 to 13.5 MHz
L
H
14.32 MHz
14.177 to 14.32 MHz
H
L
17.73 Hz
17.553 to 17.73 MHz
Assured operation input frequency range: Standard value –1%
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
276
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.6
AC Characteristics Measuring Conditions
tr
tf
80 %
80 %
(VIH+V IL)/2
20 %
20 %
Input
tpHL
tpLH
Output
V DD /2
tpZL
V DD /2
tpLZ
Output enabled
V DD /2
0.5 V
tpZH
tpHZ
0.5 V
V DD /2
Output disabled
Tr, tf ≤ 5 ns
VI H=2.0 V, VIL = 0.8V (3.3-V CMOS interface input)
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
277
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.7
Timing Diagram
12.7.1 Host interface
Clock
1/f BCLKI
t HBCLKI
t LBCLKI
BCLKI
MODE hold time
XRESET
MODE
tMODH
XINT output delay times
BCLK
XINT
tINT
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
278
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Host bus AC timing (Normally Not Ready)
T1
Tsw1
Thw1
T2
BCLKI
t ADH
t ADS
t BSH
t BSS
t CSH
t CSS
A
t BSH
t BSS
XBS
XCS
t RDS
t RDH
XRD
(RDXWR)
t RDDZ
t RDD
Hi-Z
D(output)
t RDDZ
Hi-Z
Output data
tWES
tWEH
XWE
(XMWE)
tWDS
tWDH
D(Input)
t RDYDZ
XRDY
t RDYD
t RDYDZ
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
t RDYDZ
XWAIT
t RDYD
t RDYD
t RDYDZ
Hi-Z
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
t RDYD
279
Hi-Z
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Host bus AC timing (Normally Ready)
T1
Tsw1
Tsw2
Thw1
T2
BCLKI
tADH
tADS
tBSH
t BSS
tCSH
tCSS
A
tBSH
tBSS
XBS
XCS
t RDS
tRDH
XRD
(RDXWR)
t RDDZ
D(output)
tRDD
tRDDZ
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
Output data
tWES
tWEH
tWDS
tWDH
XWE
(XMWE)
D(Input)
tRDYDZ
XRDY
tRDYD
Hi-Z
Hi-Z
t RDYD
tRDYD
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
Hi-Z
t RDYD
tRDYDZ
XWAIT
tRDYDZ
280
Hi-Z
tRDYDZ
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
DMA AC timing
BCLKI
t WDH
t WDS
t WDH
t DAKH
t DAKS
t DAKH
t DAKS
t RRKH
t DRKS
t RRKH
t DRKS
D(Input)
DTACK
(XTC)
DRACK
(DMAAK
)
t DRQD
t DRQD
DREQ
*: The above timing diagram for the D pin is that of when a single DMA is used.
When a dual DMA is used, see the host bus-timing diagram.
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
281
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.7.2 Video interface
Clock
1/f CLK
t HCLK
CLK
t LCLK
VIH
VIL
HSYNC signal setup/hold
1/f DCLKI
t HDCLKI
t LDCLKI
DCLKI
HSYNC
(input)
t SHSYN
t HHSYN
Output signal delay
DCLKO
DR7-2, DG7-2
DB7-2
MD63-58*
HSYNC (output)
VSYNC (output)
CSYNC, DE
GV
*Valid if XRGBEN = 0
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
tRGB , tDEO , tDHSYNC, tDVSYNC,
tDCSYNC, tDGV
282
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
12.7.3 Graphics memory interface
Clock
1/f MCLKO, 1/f MCLKI
tHMCLKO, tHMCLKI
tLMCLKO, tLMCLKI
MCLKO,
MCLKI
Input signal setup/hold time
MCLKI
MD
Input data
t MDIDS
tMDIDH
MCLKI signal delay
MCLKO
MCLKI
t OID
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
283
FUJITSU LIMITED
PRELIMINARY and CONFIDENTIAL
Output signal delay
MCLKO
MA, MRAS,
MCAS, MWE,
MD,
MDQM
t MAD, tMDOD, tMDQMD
MB86293 CORAL_LQ
Graphics Controller
Specifications Rev. 1.1
284
QUAD FLAT PACKAGE
FUJITSU SEMICONDUCTOR
DATA SHEET
256 PIN PLASTIC
FPT-256P-M09
256-pin plastic QFP
(FPT-256P-M09)
256-pin plastic QFP
(FPT-256P-M09)
Lead pitch
0.40 mm
Package width ×
package length
28.0 × 28.0 mm
Lead shape
Gullwing
Sealing method
Plastic mold
Mounting height
4.03 mm MAX
Weight
5.74g
Remark
Low heat resistance type
Code(Reference)
P-FQFP256-28 × 28-0.40
∗Pins width and pins thickness include plating thickness.
30.60±0.20(1.205±.008)SQ
28.00±0.10(1.102±.004)SQ
192
0.145±0.055
(.006±.002)
129
128
193
0.08(.003)
Details of "A" part
3.73±0.30
(Mounting height)
(.147±.012)
+0.10
0.40 –0.15
INDEX
+.004
.016 –.006
(Stand off)
0˚~8˚
256
65
"A"
LEAD No.
1
0.40(.016)
C
(0.50(.020))
64
2000 FUJITSU LIMITED F256025S-c-2-3
0.18±0.05
(.007±.002)
0.07(.003)
M
0.25(.010)
0.60±0.15
(.024±.006)
Dimensions in mm (inches).
The contents of this document are subject to change without notice.
Customers are advised to consult with FUJITSU sales representatives before ordering.
FUJITSU is unable to assume responsibility for infringement of any patent rights or other rights of third parties arising from the use of the information or package dimensions in this document.
0010